MyDugsiStart learning

Juz 12: read word by word, with audio

Juz 12 of 30 · begins with ۞ وَمَا مِن دَآبَّةٍۢ فِى · 170 verses

It covers Surah Hud verses 6–123 and Surah Yusuf verses 1–52. Read it verse by verse: the Arabic, a recitation you can repeat, the transliteration and English translation, then the meaning of every word.

Jump to: Hud 6 · Yusuf 1

Surah Hud هود verses 6–123

Verse 6

۞ وَمَا مِن دَآبَّةٍ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ إِلَّا عَلَى ٱللَّهِ رِزْقُهَا وَيَعْلَمُ مُسْتَقَرَّهَا وَمُسْتَوْدَعَهَا ۚ كُلٌّ فِى كِتَـٰبٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration wamā min dābbatin fī l-arḍi illā ʿalā l-lahi riz'quhā wayaʿlamu mus'taqarrahā wamus'tawdaʿahā kullun fī kitābin mubīnin

English And there is no creature on earth but that upon Allāh is its provision, and He knows its place of dwelling and place of storage. All is in a clear register.

  1. ۞ وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. مِنminany
  3. دَآبَّةٍۢdābbatinmoving creature
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  6. إِلَّاillābut
  7. عَلَىʿalāon
  8. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  9. رِزْقُهَاriz'quhā(is) its provision
  10. وَيَعْلَمُwayaʿlamuAnd He knows
  11. مُسْتَقَرَّهَاmus'taqarrahāits dwelling place
  12. وَمُسْتَوْدَعَهَا ۚwamus'tawdaʿahāand its place of storage
  13. كُلٌّۭkullunAll
  14. فِىfī(is) in
  15. كِتَـٰبٍۢkitābina Record
  16. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninclear

Verse 7

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ فِى سِتَّةِ أَيَّامٍ وَكَانَ عَرْشُهُۥ عَلَى ٱلْمَآءِ لِيَبْلُوَكُمْ أَيُّكُمْ أَحْسَنُ عَمَلًا ۗ وَلَئِن قُلْتَ إِنَّكُم مَّبْعُوثُونَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ ٱلْمَوْتِ لَيَقُولَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوٓا۟ إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّا سِحْرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration wahuwa alladhī khalaqa l-samāwāti wal-arḍa fī sittati ayyāmin wakāna ʿarshuhu ʿalā l-māi liyabluwakum ayyukum aḥsanu ʿamalan wala-in qul'ta innakum mabʿūthūna min baʿdi l-mawti layaqūlanna alladhīna kafarū in hādhā illā siḥ'run mubīnun

English And it is He who created the heavens and the earth in six days - and His Throne had been upon water - that He might test you as to which of you is best in deed. But if you say, "Indeed, you are resurrected after death," those who disbelieve will surely say, "This is not but obvious magic."

  1. وَهُوَwahuwaAnd He
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the One Who
  3. خَلَقَkhalaqacreated
  4. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwātithe heavens
  5. وَٱلْأَرْضَwal-arḍaand the earth
  6. فِىfīin
  7. سِتَّةِsittatisix
  8. أَيَّامٍۢayyāminepochs
  9. وَكَانَwakānaand His throne was
  10. عَرْشُهُۥʿarshuhuand His throne was
  11. عَلَىʿalāon
  12. ٱلْمَآءِl-māithe water
  13. لِيَبْلُوَكُمْliyabluwakumthat He might test [you]
  14. أَيُّكُمْayyukumwhich of you
  15. أَحْسَنُaḥsanu(is) best
  16. عَمَلًۭا ۗʿamalan(in) deed
  17. وَلَئِنwala-inBut if
  18. قُلْتَqul'tayou say
  19. إِنَّكُمinnakumIndeed, you
  20. مَّبْعُوثُونَmabʿūthūna(will be) resurrected
  21. مِنۢminafter
  22. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  23. ٱلْمَوْتِl-mawti[the] death
  24. لَيَقُولَنَّlayaqūlannasurely would say
  25. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  26. كَفَرُوٓا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  27. إِنْinThis is not
  28. هَـٰذَآhādhāThis is not
  29. إِلَّاillābut
  30. سِحْرٌۭsiḥ'runa magic
  31. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunclear

Verse 8

وَلَئِنْ أَخَّرْنَا عَنْهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابَ إِلَىٰٓ أُمَّةٍ مَّعْدُودَةٍ لَّيَقُولُنَّ مَا يَحْبِسُهُۥٓ ۗ أَلَا يَوْمَ يَأْتِيهِمْ لَيْسَ مَصْرُوفًا عَنْهُمْ وَحَاقَ بِهِم مَّا كَانُوا۟ بِهِۦ يَسْتَهْزِءُونَ

Transliteration wala-in akharnā ʿanhumu l-ʿadhāba ilā ummatin maʿdūdatin layaqūlunna mā yaḥbisuhu alā yawma yatīhim laysa maṣrūfan ʿanhum waḥāqa bihim mā kānū bihi yastahziūna

English And if We hold back from them the punishment for a limited time, they will surely say, "What detains it?" Unquestionably, on the Day it comes to them, it will not be averted from them, and they will be enveloped by what they used to ridicule.

  1. وَلَئِنْwala-inAnd if
  2. أَخَّرْنَاakharnāWe delay
  3. عَنْهُمُʿanhumufrom them
  4. ٱلْعَذَابَl-ʿadhābathe punishment
  5. إِلَىٰٓilāfor
  6. أُمَّةٍۢummatina time
  7. مَّعْدُودَةٍۢmaʿdūdatindetermined
  8. لَّيَقُولُنَّlayaqūlunnathey will surely say
  9. مَاmāWhat
  10. يَحْبِسُهُۥٓ ۗyaḥbisuhudetains it
  11. أَلَاalāNo doubt
  12. يَوْمَyawma(On) the Day
  13. يَأْتِيهِمْyatīhimit comes to them
  14. لَيْسَlaysanot
  15. مَصْرُوفًاmaṣrūfan(will be) averted
  16. عَنْهُمْʿanhumfrom them
  17. وَحَاقَwaḥāqaand will surround
  18. بِهِمbihimthem
  19. مَّاmāwhat
  20. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used (to)
  21. بِهِۦbihimock at [it]
  22. يَسْتَهْزِءُونَyastahziūnamock at [it]

Verse 9

وَلَئِنْ أَذَقْنَا ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَ مِنَّا رَحْمَةً ثُمَّ نَزَعْنَـٰهَا مِنْهُ إِنَّهُۥ لَيَـُٔوسٌ كَفُورٌ

Transliteration wala-in adhaqnā l-insāna minnā raḥmatan thumma nazaʿnāhā min'hu innahu layaūsun kafūrun

English And if We give man a taste of mercy from Us and then We withdraw it from him, indeed, he is despairing and ungrateful.

  1. وَلَئِنْwala-inAnd if
  2. أَذَقْنَاadhaqnāWe give man a taste
  3. ٱلْإِنسَـٰنَl-insānaWe give man a taste
  4. مِنَّاminnā(of) Mercy from Us
  5. رَحْمَةًۭraḥmatan(of) Mercy from Us
  6. ثُمَّthummathen
  7. نَزَعْنَـٰهَاnazaʿnāhāWe withdraw it
  8. مِنْهُmin'hufrom him
  9. إِنَّهُۥinnahuindeed, he
  10. لَيَـُٔوسٌۭlayaūsun(is) despairing
  11. كَفُورٌۭkafūrun(and) ungrateful

Verse 10

وَلَئِنْ أَذَقْنَـٰهُ نَعْمَآءَ بَعْدَ ضَرَّآءَ مَسَّتْهُ لَيَقُولَنَّ ذَهَبَ ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتُ عَنِّىٓ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَفَرِحٌ فَخُورٌ

Transliteration wala-in adhaqnāhu naʿmāa baʿda ḍarrāa massathu layaqūlanna dhahaba l-sayiātu ʿannī innahu lafariḥun fakhūrun

English But if We give him a taste of favor after hardship has touched him, he will surely say, "Bad times have left me." Indeed, he is exultant and boastful -

  1. وَلَئِنْwala-inBut if
  2. أَذَقْنَـٰهُadhaqnāhuWe give him a taste
  3. نَعْمَآءَnaʿmāa(of) favor
  4. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  5. ضَرَّآءَḍarrāahardship
  6. مَسَّتْهُmassathu(has) touched him
  7. لَيَقُولَنَّlayaqūlannasurely, he will say
  8. ذَهَبَdhahabaHave gone
  9. ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتُl-sayiātuthe evils
  10. عَنِّىٓ ۚʿannīfrom me
  11. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  12. لَفَرِحٌۭlafariḥun(is) exultant
  13. فَخُورٌfakhūrun(and) boastful

Verse 11

إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ صَبَرُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ لَهُم مَّغْفِرَةٌ وَأَجْرٌ كَبِيرٌ

Transliteration illā alladhīna ṣabarū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti ulāika lahum maghfiratun wa-ajrun kabīrun

English Except for those who are patient and do righteous deeds; those will have forgiveness and great reward.

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. صَبَرُوا۟ṣabarū(are) patient
  4. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand do
  5. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātithe good deeds
  6. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
  7. لَهُمlahumfor them
  8. مَّغْفِرَةٌۭmaghfiratun(will be) forgiveness
  9. وَأَجْرٌۭwa-ajrunand a reward
  10. كَبِيرٌۭkabīrungreat

Verse 12

فَلَعَلَّكَ تَارِكٌۢ بَعْضَ مَا يُوحَىٰٓ إِلَيْكَ وَضَآئِقٌۢ بِهِۦ صَدْرُكَ أَن يَقُولُوا۟ لَوْلَآ أُنزِلَ عَلَيْهِ كَنزٌ أَوْ جَآءَ مَعَهُۥ مَلَكٌ ۚ إِنَّمَآ أَنتَ نَذِيرٌ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ وَكِيلٌ

Transliteration falaʿallaka tārikun baʿḍa mā yūḥā ilayka waḍāiqun bihi ṣadruka an yaqūlū lawlā unzila ʿalayhi kanzun aw jāa maʿahu malakun innamā anta nadhīrun wal-lahu ʿalā kulli shayin wakīlun

English Then would you possibly leave [out] some of what is revealed to you, or is your breast constrained by it because they say, "Why has there not been sent down to him a treasure or come with him an angel?" But you are only a warner. And Allāh is Disposer of all things.

  1. فَلَعَلَّكَfalaʿallakaThen possibly you
  2. تَارِكٌۢtārikun(may) give up
  3. بَعْضَbaʿḍaa part
  4. مَاmā(of) what
  5. يُوحَىٰٓyūḥāis revealed
  6. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  7. وَضَآئِقٌۢwaḍāiqunand straitened
  8. بِهِۦbihiby it
  9. صَدْرُكَṣadrukayour breast
  10. أَنanbecause
  11. يَقُولُوا۟yaqūlūthey say
  12. لَوْلَآlawlāWhy not
  13. أُنزِلَunzilais sent down
  14. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor him
  15. كَنزٌkanzuna treasure
  16. أَوْawor
  17. جَآءَjāahas come
  18. مَعَهُۥmaʿahuwith him
  19. مَلَكٌ ۚmalakunan Angel
  20. إِنَّمَآinnamāOnly
  21. أَنتَantayou
  22. نَذِيرٌۭ ۚnadhīrun(are) a warner
  23. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  24. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) on
  25. كُلِّkullievery
  26. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  27. وَكِيلٌwakīluna Guardian

Verse 13

أَمْ يَقُولُونَ ٱفْتَرَىٰهُ ۖ قُلْ فَأْتُوا۟ بِعَشْرِ سُوَرٍ مِّثْلِهِۦ مُفْتَرَيَـٰتٍ وَٱدْعُوا۟ مَنِ ٱسْتَطَعْتُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ إِن كُنتُمْ صَـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration am yaqūlūna if'tarāhu qul fatū biʿashri suwarin mith'lihi muf'tarayātin wa-id'ʿū mani is'taṭaʿtum min dūni l-lahi in kuntum ṣādiqīna

English Or do they say, "He invented it"? Say, "Then bring ten sūrahs like it that have been invented and call upon [for assistance] whomever you can besides Allāh, if you should be truthful."

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūnathey say
  3. افْتَرَاهُ ۖif'tarāhuHe has fabricated it
  4. قُلْqulSay
  5. فَأْتُوا۟fatūThen bring
  6. بِعَشْرِbiʿashriten
  7. سُوَرٍۢsuwarinSurahs
  8. مِّثْلِهِۦmith'lihilike it
  9. مُفْتَرَيَـٰتٍۢmuf'tarayātinfabricated
  10. وَٱدْعُوا۟wa-id'ʿūand call
  11. مَنِmaniwhoever
  12. ٱسْتَطَعْتُمis'taṭaʿtumyou can
  13. مِّنminbesides Allah
  14. دُونِdūnibesides Allah
  15. ٱللَّهِl-lahibesides Allah
  16. إِنinif
  17. كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
  18. صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful

Verse 14

فَإِلَّمْ يَسْتَجِيبُوا۟ لَكُمْ فَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟ أَنَّمَآ أُنزِلَ بِعِلْمِ ٱللَّهِ وَأَن لَّآ إِلَـٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ ۖ فَهَلْ أَنتُم مُّسْلِمُونَ

Transliteration fa-illam yastajībū lakum fa-iʿ'lamū annamā unzila biʿil'mi l-lahi wa-an lā ilāha illā huwa fahal antum mus'limūna

English And if they do not respond to you - then know that it [i.e., the Qur’ān] was revealed with the knowledge of Allāh and that there is no deity except Him. Then, would you [not] be Muslims?

  1. فَإِلَّمْfa-illamThen if not
  2. يَسْتَجِيبُوا۟yastajībūthey respond
  3. لَكُمْlakumto you
  4. فَٱعْلَمُوٓا۟fa-iʿ'lamūthen know
  5. أَنَّمَآannamāthat
  6. أُنزِلَunzilait was sent down
  7. بِعِلْمِbiʿil'miwith the knowledge of Allah
  8. ٱللَّهِl-lahiwith the knowledge of Allah
  9. وَأَنwa-anand that
  10. لَّآlā(there is) no
  11. إِلَـٰهَilāhagod
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. هُوَ ۖhuwaHim
  14. فَهَلْfahalThen, would
  15. أَنتُمantumyou
  16. مُّسْلِمُونَmus'limūna(be) Muslims

Verse 15

مَن كَانَ يُرِيدُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةَ ٱلدُّنْيَا وَزِينَتَهَا نُوَفِّ إِلَيْهِمْ أَعْمَـٰلَهُمْ فِيهَا وَهُمْ فِيهَا لَا يُبْخَسُونَ

Transliteration man kāna yurīdu l-ḥayata l-dun'yā wazīnatahā nuwaffi ilayhim aʿmālahum fīhā wahum fīhā lā yub'khasūna

English Whoever desires the life of this world and its adornments - We fully repay them for their deeds therein, and they therein will not be deprived.

  1. مَنmanWhoever [is]
  2. كَانَkānaWhoever [is]
  3. يُرِيدُyurīdudesires
  4. ٱلْحَيَوٰةَl-ḥayatathe life
  5. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yā(of) the world
  6. وَزِينَتَهَاwazīnatahāand its adornments
  7. نُوَفِّnuwaffiWe will repay in full
  8. إِلَيْهِمْilayhimto them
  9. أَعْمَـٰلَهُمْaʿmālahum(for) their deeds
  10. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  11. وَهُمْwahumand they
  12. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  13. لَاlāwill not be lessened
  14. يُبْخَسُونَyub'khasūnawill not be lessened

Verse 16

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ لَيْسَ لَهُمْ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ إِلَّا ٱلنَّارُ ۖ وَحَبِطَ مَا صَنَعُوا۟ فِيهَا وَبَـٰطِلٌ مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration ulāika alladhīna laysa lahum fī l-ākhirati illā l-nāru waḥabiṭa mā ṣanaʿū fīhā wabāṭilun mā kānū yaʿmalūna

English Those are the ones for whom there is not in the Hereafter but the Fire. And lost is what they did therein, and worthless is what they used to do.

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) the ones who
  3. لَيْسَlaysa(is) not
  4. لَهُمْlahumfor them
  5. فِىfīin
  6. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhiratithe Hereafter
  7. إِلَّاillāexcept
  8. ٱلنَّارُ ۖl-nāruthe Fire
  9. وَحَبِطَwaḥabiṭaAnd (has) gone in vain
  10. مَاmāwhat
  11. صَنَعُوا۟ṣanaʿūthey did
  12. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  13. وَبَـٰطِلٌۭwabāṭilunand (is) worthless
  14. مَّاmāwhat
  15. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used (to)
  16. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnado

Verse 17

أَفَمَن كَانَ عَلَىٰ بَيِّنَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ وَيَتْلُوهُ شَاهِدٌ مِّنْهُ وَمِن قَبْلِهِۦ كِتَـٰبُ مُوسَىٰٓ إِمَامًا وَرَحْمَةً ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ يُؤْمِنُونَ بِهِۦ ۚ وَمَن يَكْفُرْ بِهِۦ مِنَ ٱلْأَحْزَابِ فَٱلنَّارُ مَوْعِدُهُۥ ۚ فَلَا تَكُ فِى مِرْيَةٍ مِّنْهُ ۚ إِنَّهُ ٱلْحَقُّ مِن رَّبِّكَ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَ ٱلنَّاسِ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ

Transliteration afaman kāna ʿalā bayyinatin min rabbihi wayatlūhu shāhidun min'hu wamin qablihi kitābu mūsā imāman waraḥmatan ulāika yu'minūna bihi waman yakfur bihi mina l-aḥzābi fal-nāru mawʿiduhu falā taku fī mir'yatin min'hu innahu l-ḥaqu min rabbika walākinna akthara l-nāsi lā yu'minūna

English So is one who [stands] upon a clear evidence from his Lord [like the aforementioned]? And a witness from Him follows it, and before it was the Scripture of Moses to lead and as mercy. Those [believers in the former revelations] believe in it [i.e., the Qur’ān]. But whoever disbelieves in it from the [various] factions - the Fire is his promised destination. So be not in doubt about it. Indeed, it is the truth from your Lord, but most of the people do not believe.

  1. أَفَمَنafamanThen is he who
  2. كَانَkānais
  3. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  4. بَيِّنَةٍۢbayyinatina clear proof
  5. مِّنminfrom
  6. رَّبِّهِۦrabbihihis Lord
  7. وَيَتْلُوهُwayatlūhuand recites it
  8. شَاهِدٌۭshāhiduna witness
  9. مِّنْهُmin'hufrom Him
  10. وَمِنwaminand before it
  11. قَبْلِهِۦqablihiand before it
  12. كِتَـٰبُkitābu(was) a Book
  13. مُوسَىٰٓmūsā(of) Musa
  14. إِمَامًۭاimāman(as) a guide
  15. وَرَحْمَةً ۚwaraḥmatanand (as) mercy
  16. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  17. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  18. بِهِۦ ۚbihiin it
  19. وَمَنwamanBut whoever
  20. يَكْفُرْyakfurdisbelieves
  21. بِهِۦbihiin it
  22. مِنَminaamong
  23. ٱلْأَحْزَابِl-aḥzābithe sects
  24. فَٱلنَّارُfal-nāruthen the Fire
  25. مَوْعِدُهُۥ ۚmawʿiduhu(will be) his promised (meeting) place
  26. فَلَاfalāSo (do) not
  27. تَكُtakube
  28. فِىfīin
  29. مِرْيَةٍۢmir'yatindoubt
  30. مِّنْهُ ۚmin'huabout it
  31. إِنَّهُinnahuIndeed, it
  32. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaqu(is) the truth
  33. مِنminfrom
  34. رَّبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  35. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  36. أَكْثَرَaktharamost
  37. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi(of) the people
  38. لَاlā(do) not
  39. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve

Verse 18

وَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا ۚ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ يُعْرَضُونَ عَلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ وَيَقُولُ ٱلْأَشْهَـٰدُ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَبُوا۟ عَلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ ۚ أَلَا لَعْنَةُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَى ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration waman aẓlamu mimmani if'tarā ʿalā l-lahi kadhiban ulāika yuʿ'raḍūna ʿalā rabbihim wayaqūlu l-ashhādu hāulāi alladhīna kadhabū ʿalā rabbihim alā laʿnatu l-lahi ʿalā l-ẓālimīna

English And who is more unjust than he who invents a lie about Allāh? Those will be presented before their Lord, and the witnesses will say, "These are the ones who lied against their Lord." Unquestionably, the curse of Allāh is upon the wrongdoers.

  1. وَمَنْwamanAnd who
  2. أَظْلَمُaẓlamu(is) more unjust
  3. مِمَّنِmimmanithan (he) who
  4. ٱفْتَرَىٰif'tarāinvents
  5. عَلَىʿalāagainst
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  7. كَذِبًا ۚkadhibana lie
  8. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  9. يُعْرَضُونَyuʿ'raḍūnawill be presented
  10. عَلَىٰʿalābefore
  11. رَبِّهِمْrabbihimtheir Lord
  12. وَيَقُولُwayaqūluand will say
  13. ٱلْأَشْهَـٰدُl-ashhāduthe witnesses
  14. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāiThese (are)
  15. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  16. كَذَبُوا۟kadhabūlied
  17. عَلَىٰʿalāagainst
  18. رَبِّهِمْ ۚrabbihimtheir Lord
  19. أَلَاalāNo doubt
  20. لَعْنَةُlaʿnatu(The) curse of Allah
  21. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(The) curse of Allah
  22. عَلَىʿalā(is) on
  23. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 19

ٱلَّذِينَ يَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَبْغُونَهَا عِوَجًا وَهُم بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ هُمْ كَـٰفِرُونَ

Transliteration alladhīna yaṣuddūna ʿan sabīli l-lahi wayabghūnahā ʿiwajan wahum bil-ākhirati hum kāfirūna

English Who averted [people] from the way of Allāh and sought to make it [seem] deviant while they, concerning the Hereafter, were disbelievers.

  1. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnaThose who
  2. يَصُدُّونَyaṣuddūnahinder
  3. عَنʿanfrom
  4. سَبِيلِsabīli(the) way
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  6. وَيَبْغُونَهَاwayabghūnahāand seek (in) it
  7. عِوَجًۭاʿiwajancrookedness
  8. وَهُمwahumwhile they
  9. بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiratiin the Hereafter
  10. هُمْhum[they]
  11. كَـٰفِرُونَkāfirūna(are) disbelievers

Verse 20

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ لَمْ يَكُونُوا۟ مُعْجِزِينَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا كَانَ لَهُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مِنْ أَوْلِيَآءَ ۘ يُضَـٰعَفُ لَهُمُ ٱلْعَذَابُ ۚ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَسْتَطِيعُونَ ٱلسَّمْعَ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ يُبْصِرُونَ

Transliteration ulāika lam yakūnū muʿ'jizīna fī l-arḍi wamā kāna lahum min dūni l-lahi min awliyāa yuḍāʿafu lahumu l-ʿadhābu mā kānū yastaṭīʿūna l-samʿa wamā kānū yub'ṣirūna

English Those were not causing failure [to Allāh] on earth, nor did they have besides Allāh any protectors. For them the punishment will be multiplied. They were not able to hear, nor did they see.

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. لَمْlamnot
  3. يَكُونُوا۟yakūnūwill be
  4. مُعْجِزِينَmuʿ'jizīna(able to) escape
  5. فِىfīin
  6. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  7. وَمَاwamāand not
  8. كَانَkānais
  9. لَهُمlahumfor them
  10. مِّنminbesides
  11. دُونِdūnibesides
  12. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  13. مِنْminany
  14. أَوْلِيَآءَ ۘawliyāaprotectors
  15. يُضَـٰعَفُyuḍāʿafuAnd will be doubled
  16. لَهُمُlahumufor them
  17. ٱلْعَذَابُ ۚl-ʿadhābuthe punishment
  18. مَاmāNot
  19. كَانُوا۟kānūthey were
  20. يَسْتَطِيعُونَyastaṭīʿūnaable
  21. ٱلسَّمْعَl-samʿa(to) hear
  22. وَمَاwamāand not
  23. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used (to)
  24. يُبْصِرُونَyub'ṣirūnasee

Verse 21

أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَضَلَّ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ

Transliteration ulāika alladhīna khasirū anfusahum waḍalla ʿanhum mā kānū yaftarūna

English Those are the ones who will have lost themselves, and lost from them is what they used to invent.

  1. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikaThose
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(are) the ones who
  3. خَسِرُوٓا۟khasirū(have) lost
  4. أَنفُسَهُمْanfusahumtheir souls
  5. وَضَلَّwaḍallaand lost
  6. عَنْهُمʿanhumfrom them
  7. مَّاmā(is) what
  8. كَانُوا۟kānūthey used
  9. يَفْتَرُونَyaftarūna(to) invent

Verse 22

لَا جَرَمَ أَنَّهُمْ فِى ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ هُمُ ٱلْأَخْسَرُونَ

Transliteration lā jarama annahum fī l-ākhirati humu l-akhsarūna

English Assuredly, it is they in the Hereafter who will be the greatest losers.

  1. لَاlāNo
  2. جَرَمَjaramadoubt
  3. أَنَّهُمْannahumthat they
  4. فِىfīin
  5. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِl-ākhiratithe Hereafter
  6. هُمُhumu[they]
  7. ٱلْأَخْسَرُونَl-akhsarūna(will be) the greatest losers

Verse 23

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِ وَأَخْبَتُوٓا۟ إِلَىٰ رَبِّهِمْ أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَـٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖ هُمْ فِيهَا خَـٰلِدُونَ

Transliteration inna alladhīna āmanū waʿamilū l-ṣāliḥāti wa-akhbatū ilā rabbihim ulāika aṣḥābu l-janati hum fīhā khālidūna

English Indeed, they who have believed and done righteous deeds and humbled themselves to their Lord - those are the companions of Paradise; they will abide eternally therein.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieve
  4. وَعَمِلُوا۟waʿamilūand do
  5. ٱلصَّـٰلِحَـٰتِl-ṣāliḥātigood deeds
  6. وَأَخْبَتُوٓا۟wa-akhbatūand humble themselves
  7. إِلَىٰilābefore
  8. رَبِّهِمْrabbihimtheir Lord
  9. أُو۟لَـٰٓئِكَulāikathose
  10. أَصْحَـٰبُaṣḥābu(are the) companions
  11. ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖl-janati(of) Paradise
  12. هُمْhumthey
  13. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  14. خَـٰلِدُونَkhālidūna(will) abide forever

Verse 24

۞ مَثَلُ ٱلْفَرِيقَيْنِ كَٱلْأَعْمَىٰ وَٱلْأَصَمِّ وَٱلْبَصِيرِ وَٱلسَّمِيعِ ۚ هَلْ يَسْتَوِيَانِ مَثَلًا ۚ أَفَلَا تَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration mathalu l-farīqayni kal-aʿmā wal-aṣami wal-baṣīri wal-samīʿi hal yastawiyāni mathalan afalā tadhakkarūna

English The example of the two parties is like the blind and deaf, and the seeing and hearing. Are they equal in comparison? Then, will you not remember?

  1. ۞ مَثَلُmathalu(The) example
  2. ٱلْفَرِيقَيْنِl-farīqayni(of) the two parties
  3. كَٱلْأَعْمَىٰkal-aʿmā(is) like the blind
  4. وَٱلْأَصَمِّwal-aṣamiand the deaf
  5. وَٱلْبَصِيرِwal-baṣīriand the seer
  6. وَٱلسَّمِيعِ ۚwal-samīʿiand the hearer
  7. هَلْhalAre
  8. يَسْتَوِيَانِyastawiyānithey equal
  9. مَثَلًا ۚmathalan(in) comparison
  10. أَفَلَاafalāThen, will not
  11. تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnayou take heed

Verse 25

وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَا نُوحًا إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِنِّى لَكُمْ نَذِيرٌ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration walaqad arsalnā nūḥan ilā qawmihi innī lakum nadhīrun mubīnun

English And We had certainly sent Noah to his people, [saying], "Indeed, I am to you a clear warner

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  3. نُوحًاnūḥanNuh
  4. إِلَىٰilāto
  5. قَوْمِهِۦٓqawmihihis people
  6. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I am
  7. لَكُمْlakumto you
  8. نَذِيرٌۭnadhīruna warner
  9. مُّبِينٌmubīnunclear

Verse 26

أَن لَّا تَعْبُدُوٓا۟ إِلَّا ٱللَّهَ ۖ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ أَلِيمٍ

Transliteration an lā taʿbudū illā l-laha innī akhāfu ʿalaykum ʿadhāba yawmin alīmin

English That you not worship except Allāh. Indeed, I fear for you the punishment of a painful day."

  1. أَنanThat
  2. لَّاlā(do) not
  3. تَعْبُدُوٓا۟taʿbudūworship
  4. إِلَّاillāexcept
  5. ٱللَّهَ ۖl-lahaAllah
  6. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  7. أَخَافُakhāfu[I] fear
  8. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumfor you
  9. عَذَابَʿadhāba(the) punishment
  10. يَوْمٍyawmin(of) a Day
  11. أَلِيمٍۢalīminpainful

Verse 27

فَقَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦ مَا نَرَىٰكَ إِلَّا بَشَرًا مِّثْلَنَا وَمَا نَرَىٰكَ ٱتَّبَعَكَ إِلَّا ٱلَّذِينَ هُمْ أَرَاذِلُنَا بَادِىَ ٱلرَّأْىِ وَمَا نَرَىٰ لَكُمْ عَلَيْنَا مِن فَضْلٍۭ بَلْ نَظُنُّكُمْ كَـٰذِبِينَ

Transliteration faqāla l-mala-u alladhīna kafarū min qawmihi mā narāka illā basharan mith'lanā wamā narāka ittabaʿaka illā alladhīna hum arādhilunā bādiya l-rayi wamā narā lakum ʿalaynā min faḍlin bal naẓunnukum kādhibīna

English So the eminent among those who disbelieved from his people said, "We do not see you but as a man like ourselves, and we do not see you followed except by those who are the lowest of us [and] at first suggestion. And we do not see in you over us any merit; rather, we think you are liars."

  1. فَقَالَfaqālaSo said
  2. ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uthe chiefs
  3. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīna(of) those who
  4. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  5. مِنminfrom
  6. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  7. مَاmāNot
  8. نَرَىٰكَnarākawe see you
  9. إِلَّاillābut
  10. بَشَرًۭاbasharana man
  11. مِّثْلَنَاmith'lanālike us
  12. وَمَاwamāand not
  13. نَرَىٰكَnarākawe see you
  14. ٱتَّبَعَكَittabaʿakafollowed [you]
  15. إِلَّاillāexcept
  16. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  17. هُمْhum[they]
  18. أَرَاذِلُنَاarādhilunā(are) the lowest of us
  19. بَادِىَbādiyaimmature in opinion
  20. ٱلرَّأْىِl-rayiimmature in opinion
  21. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  22. نَرَىٰnarāwe see
  23. لَكُمْlakumin you
  24. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāover us
  25. مِنminany
  26. فَضْلٍۭfaḍlinmerit
  27. بَلْbalnay
  28. نَظُنُّكُمْnaẓunnukumwe think you
  29. كَـٰذِبِينَkādhibīna(are) liars

Verse 28

قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ أَرَءَيْتُمْ إِن كُنتُ عَلَىٰ بَيِّنَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّى وَءَاتَىٰنِى رَحْمَةً مِّنْ عِندِهِۦ فَعُمِّيَتْ عَلَيْكُمْ أَنُلْزِمُكُمُوهَا وَأَنتُمْ لَهَا كَـٰرِهُونَ

Transliteration qāla yāqawmi ara-aytum in kuntu ʿalā bayyinatin min rabbī waātānī raḥmatan min ʿindihi faʿummiyat ʿalaykum anul'zimukumūhā wa-antum lahā kārihūna

English He said, "O my people, have you considered: if I should be upon clear evidence from my Lord while He has given me mercy from Himself but it has been made unapparent to you, should we force it upon you while you are averse to it?

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  3. أَرَءَيْتُمْara-aytumDo you see
  4. إِنinif
  5. كُنتُkuntuI was
  6. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  7. بَيِّنَةٍۢbayyinatin(the) clear proof
  8. مِّنminfrom
  9. رَّبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  10. وَءَاتَىٰنِىwaātānīwhile He has given me
  11. رَحْمَةًۭraḥmatanmercy
  12. مِّنْminfrom
  13. عِندِهِۦʿindihiHimself
  14. فَعُمِّيَتْfaʿummiyatbut (it) has been obscured
  15. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumfrom you
  16. أَنُلْزِمُكُمُوهَاanul'zimukumūhāshould We compel you (to accept) it
  17. وَأَنتُمْwa-antumwhile you (are)
  18. لَهَاlahāaverse to it
  19. كَـٰرِهُونَkārihūnaaverse to it

Verse 29

وَيَـٰقَوْمِ لَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ مَالًا ۖ إِنْ أَجْرِىَ إِلَّا عَلَى ٱللَّهِ ۚ وَمَآ أَنَا۠ بِطَارِدِ ٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّهُم مُّلَـٰقُوا۟ رَبِّهِمْ وَلَـٰكِنِّىٓ أَرَىٰكُمْ قَوْمًا تَجْهَلُونَ

Transliteration wayāqawmi lā asalukum ʿalayhi mālan in ajriya illā ʿalā l-lahi wamā anā biṭāridi alladhīna āmanū innahum mulāqū rabbihim walākinnī arākum qawman tajhalūna

English And O my people, I ask not of you for it any wealth. My reward is not but from Allāh. And I am not one to drive away those who have believed. Indeed, they will meet their Lord, but I see that you are a people behaving ignorantly.

  1. وَيَـٰقَوْمِwayāqawmiAnd O my people
  2. لَآlānot
  3. أَسْـَٔلُكُمْasalukumI ask (of) you
  4. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  5. مَالًا ۖmālanany wealth
  6. إِنْinNot
  7. أَجْرِىَajriya(is) my reward
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. عَلَىʿalāfrom
  10. ٱللَّهِ ۚl-lahiAllah
  11. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  12. أَنَا۠anāI am
  13. بِطَارِدِbiṭāridigoing to drive away
  14. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  15. ءَامَنُوٓا۟ ۚāmanūbelieved
  16. إِنَّهُمinnahumIndeed, they
  17. مُّلَـٰقُوا۟mulāqū(will) be meeting
  18. رَبِّهِمْrabbihimtheir Lord
  19. وَلَـٰكِنِّىٓwalākinnībut I
  20. أَرَىٰكُمْarākumsee you
  21. قَوْمًۭاqawman(are) a people
  22. تَجْهَلُونَtajhalūnaignorant

Verse 30

وَيَـٰقَوْمِ مَن يَنصُرُنِى مِنَ ٱللَّهِ إِن طَرَدتُّهُمْ ۚ أَفَلَا تَذَكَّرُونَ

Transliteration wayāqawmi man yanṣurunī mina l-lahi in ṭaradttuhum afalā tadhakkarūna

English And O my people, who would protect me from Allāh if I drove them away? Then will you not be reminded?

  1. وَيَـٰقَوْمِwayāqawmiAnd O my people
  2. مَنmanWho
  3. يَنصُرُنِىyanṣurunīwould help me
  4. مِنَminaagainst
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  6. إِنinif
  7. طَرَدتُّهُمْ ۚṭaradttuhumI drove them away
  8. أَفَلَاafalāThen, will not
  9. تَذَكَّرُونَtadhakkarūnayou take heed

Verse 31

وَلَآ أَقُولُ لَكُمْ عِندِى خَزَآئِنُ ٱللَّهِ وَلَآ أَعْلَمُ ٱلْغَيْبَ وَلَآ أَقُولُ إِنِّى مَلَكٌ وَلَآ أَقُولُ لِلَّذِينَ تَزْدَرِىٓ أَعْيُنُكُمْ لَن يُؤْتِيَهُمُ ٱللَّهُ خَيْرًا ۖ ٱللَّهُ أَعْلَمُ بِمَا فِىٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ ۖ إِنِّىٓ إِذًا لَّمِنَ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration walā aqūlu lakum ʿindī khazāinu l-lahi walā aʿlamu l-ghayba walā aqūlu innī malakun walā aqūlu lilladhīna tazdarī aʿyunukum lan yu'tiyahumu l-lahu khayran l-lahu aʿlamu bimā fī anfusihim innī idhan lamina l-ẓālimīna

English And I do not tell you that I have the depositories [containing the provision] of Allāh or that I know the unseen, nor do I tell you that I am an angel, nor do I say of those upon whom your eyes look down that Allāh will never grant them any good. Allāh is most knowing of what is within their souls. Indeed, I would then be among the wrongdoers [i.e., the unjust]."

  1. وَلَآwalāAnd not
  2. أَقُولُaqūluI say
  3. لَكُمْlakumto you
  4. عِندِىʿindī(that) with me
  5. خَزَآئِنُkhazāinu(are the) treasures
  6. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  7. وَلَآwalāand not
  8. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuI know
  9. ٱلْغَيْبَl-ghaybathe unseen
  10. وَلَآwalāand not
  11. أَقُولُaqūluI say
  12. إِنِّىinnīthat I am
  13. مَلَكٌۭmalakunan Angel
  14. وَلَآwalāand not
  15. أَقُولُaqūluI say
  16. لِلَّذِينَlilladhīnafor those whom
  17. تَزْدَرِىٓtazdarīlook down upon
  18. أَعْيُنُكُمْaʿyunukumyour eyes
  19. لَنlannever
  20. يُؤْتِيَهُمُyu'tiyahumuwill Allah give them
  21. ٱللَّهُl-lahuwill Allah give them
  22. خَيْرًا ۖkhayranany good
  23. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  24. أَعْلَمُaʿlamuknows best
  25. بِمَاbimāwhat
  26. فِىٓfī(is) in
  27. أَنفُسِهِمْ ۖanfusihimtheir souls
  28. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  29. إِذًۭاidhanthen
  30. لَّمِنَlamina(will be) surely of
  31. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 32

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰنُوحُ قَدْ جَـٰدَلْتَنَا فَأَكْثَرْتَ جِدَٰلَنَا فَأْتِنَا بِمَا تَعِدُنَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration qālū yānūḥu qad jādaltanā fa-aktharta jidālanā fatinā bimā taʿidunā in kunta mina l-ṣādiqīna

English They said, "O Noah, you have disputed [i.e., opposed] us and been frequent in dispute of us. So bring us what you threaten us, if you should be of the truthful."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. يَـٰنُوحُyānūḥuO Nuh
  3. قَدْqadIndeed
  4. جَـٰدَلْتَنَاjādaltanāyou disputed with us
  5. فَأَكْثَرْتَfa-akthartaand you (have been) frequent
  6. جِدَٰلَنَاjidālanā(in) dispute with us
  7. فَأْتِنَاfatināSo bring us
  8. بِمَاbimāwhat
  9. تَعِدُنَآtaʿidunāyou threaten us (with)
  10. إِنinif
  11. كُنتَkuntayou are
  12. مِنَminaof
  13. ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful

Verse 33

قَالَ إِنَّمَا يَأْتِيكُم بِهِ ٱللَّهُ إِن شَآءَ وَمَآ أَنتُم بِمُعْجِزِينَ

Transliteration qāla innamā yatīkum bihi l-lahu in shāa wamā antum bimuʿ'jizīna

English He said, "Allāh will only bring it to you if He wills, and you will not cause [Him] failure.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. إِنَّمَاinnamāOnly
  3. يَأْتِيكُمyatīkumwill bring it (on) you
  4. بِهِbihiwill bring it (on) you
  5. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  6. إِنinif
  7. شَآءَshāaHe wills
  8. وَمَآwamāand not
  9. أَنتُمantumyou (are)
  10. بِمُعْجِزِينَbimuʿ'jizīnaone who (can) escape (it)

Verse 34

وَلَا يَنفَعُكُمْ نُصْحِىٓ إِنْ أَرَدتُّ أَنْ أَنصَحَ لَكُمْ إِن كَانَ ٱللَّهُ يُرِيدُ أَن يُغْوِيَكُمْ ۚ هُوَ رَبُّكُمْ وَإِلَيْهِ تُرْجَعُونَ

Transliteration walā yanfaʿukum nuṣ'ḥī in aradttu an anṣaḥa lakum in kāna l-lahu yurīdu an yugh'wiyakum huwa rabbukum wa-ilayhi tur'jaʿūna

English And my advice will not benefit you - although I wished to advise you - if Allāh should intend to put you in error. He is your Lord, and to Him you will be returned."

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (will) not
  2. يَنفَعُكُمْyanfaʿukumbenefit you
  3. نُصْحِىٓnuṣ'ḥīmy advice
  4. إِنْin(even) if
  5. أَرَدتُّaradttuI wish
  6. أَنْanto
  7. أَنصَحَanṣaḥa[I] advise
  8. لَكُمْlakum[to] you
  9. إِنinif
  10. كَانَkānait was Allah's
  11. ٱللَّهُl-lahuit was Allah's
  12. يُرِيدُyurīduwill
  13. أَنanto
  14. يُغْوِيَكُمْ ۚyugh'wiyakumlet you go astray
  15. هُوَhuwaHe (is)
  16. رَبُّكُمْrabbukumyour Lord
  17. وَإِلَيْهِwa-ilayhiand to Him
  18. تُرْجَعُونَtur'jaʿūnayou will be returned

Verse 35

أَمْ يَقُولُونَ ٱفْتَرَىٰهُ ۖ قُلْ إِنِ ٱفْتَرَيْتُهُۥ فَعَلَىَّ إِجْرَامِى وَأَنَا۠ بَرِىٓءٌ مِّمَّا تُجْرِمُونَ

Transliteration am yaqūlūna if'tarāhu qul ini if'taraytuhu faʿalayya ij'rāmī wa-anā barīon mimmā tuj'rimūna

English Or do they say [about Prophet Muḥammad (ﷺ)], "He invented it"? Say, "If I have invented it, then upon me is [the consequence of] my crime; but I am innocent of what [crimes] you commit."

  1. أَمْamOr
  2. يَقُولُونَyaqūlūna(do) they say
  3. ٱفْتَرَىٰهُ ۖif'tarāhuHe has invented it
  4. قُلْqulSay
  5. إِنِiniIf
  6. ٱفْتَرَيْتُهُۥif'taraytuhuI have invented it
  7. فَعَلَىَّfaʿalayyathen on me
  8. إِجْرَامِىij'rāmī(is) my crime
  9. وَأَنَا۠wa-anābut I am
  10. بَرِىٓءٌۭbarīoninnocent
  11. مِّمَّاmimmāof what
  12. تُجْرِمُونَtuj'rimūnacrimes you commit

Verse 36

وَأُوحِىَ إِلَىٰ نُوحٍ أَنَّهُۥ لَن يُؤْمِنَ مِن قَوْمِكَ إِلَّا مَن قَدْ ءَامَنَ فَلَا تَبْتَئِسْ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْعَلُونَ

Transliteration waūḥiya ilā nūḥin annahu lan yu'mina min qawmika illā man qad āmana falā tabta-is bimā kānū yafʿalūna

English And it was revealed to Noah that, "No one will believe from your people except those who have already believed, so do not be distressed by what they have been doing.

  1. وَأُوحِىَwaūḥiyaAnd it was revealed
  2. إِلَىٰilāto
  3. نُوحٍnūḥinNuh
  4. أَنَّهُۥannahuThat
  5. لَنlanwill never
  6. يُؤْمِنَyu'minabelieve
  7. مِنminfrom
  8. قَوْمِكَqawmikayour people
  9. إِلَّاillāexcept
  10. مَنman(those) who
  11. قَدْqadhave already
  12. ءَامَنَāmanabelieved
  13. فَلَاfalāSo (do) not
  14. تَبْتَئِسْtabta-is(be) distressed
  15. بِمَاbimāby what
  16. كَانُوا۟kānūthey have been
  17. يَفْعَلُونَyafʿalūnadoing

Verse 37

وَٱصْنَعِ ٱلْفُلْكَ بِأَعْيُنِنَا وَوَحْيِنَا وَلَا تُخَـٰطِبْنِى فِى ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّهُم مُّغْرَقُونَ

Transliteration wa-iṣ'naʿi l-ful'ka bi-aʿyuninā wawaḥyinā walā tukhāṭib'nī fī alladhīna ẓalamū innahum mugh'raqūna

English And construct the ship under Our observation and Our inspiration and do not address Me concerning those who have wronged; indeed, they are [to be] drowned."

  1. وَٱصْنَعِwa-iṣ'naʿiAnd construct
  2. ٱلْفُلْكَl-ful'kathe ship
  3. بِأَعْيُنِنَاbi-aʿyunināunder Our Eyes
  4. وَوَحْيِنَاwawaḥyināand Our inspiration
  5. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  6. تُخَـٰطِبْنِىtukhāṭib'nīaddress Me
  7. فِىfīconcerning
  8. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  9. ظَلَمُوٓا۟ ۚẓalamūwronged
  10. إِنَّهُمinnahumindeed, they (are)
  11. مُّغْرَقُونَmugh'raqūnathe ones (to be) drowned

Verse 38

وَيَصْنَعُ ٱلْفُلْكَ وَكُلَّمَا مَرَّ عَلَيْهِ مَلَأٌ مِّن قَوْمِهِۦ سَخِرُوا۟ مِنْهُ ۚ قَالَ إِن تَسْخَرُوا۟ مِنَّا فَإِنَّا نَسْخَرُ مِنكُمْ كَمَا تَسْخَرُونَ

Transliteration wayaṣnaʿu l-ful'ka wakullamā marra ʿalayhi mala-on min qawmihi sakhirū min'hu qāla in taskharū minnā fa-innā naskharu minkum kamā taskharūna

English And he constructed the ship, and whenever an assembly of the eminent of his people passed by him, they ridiculed him. He said, "If you ridicule us, then we will ridicule you just as you ridicule.

  1. وَيَصْنَعُwayaṣnaʿuAnd he was constructing
  2. ٱلْفُلْكَl-ful'kathe ship
  3. وَكُلَّمَاwakullamāand every time
  4. مَرَّmarrapassed
  5. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiby him
  6. مَلَأٌۭmala-on(the) chiefs
  7. مِّنminof
  8. قَوْمِهِۦqawmihihis people
  9. سَخِرُوا۟sakhirūthey ridiculed
  10. مِنْهُ ۚmin'hu[of] him
  11. قَالَqālaHe said
  12. إِنinIf
  13. تَسْخَرُوا۟taskharūyou ridicule
  14. مِنَّاminnāus
  15. فَإِنَّاfa-innāthen we
  16. نَسْخَرُnaskharucan ridicule
  17. مِنكُمْminkumyou
  18. كَمَاkamāas
  19. تَسْخَرُونَtaskharūnayou ridicule

Verse 39

فَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ مَن يَأْتِيهِ عَذَابٌ يُخْزِيهِ وَيَحِلُّ عَلَيْهِ عَذَابٌ مُّقِيمٌ

Transliteration fasawfa taʿlamūna man yatīhi ʿadhābun yukh'zīhi wayaḥillu ʿalayhi ʿadhābun muqīmun

English And you are going to know who will get a punishment that will disgrace him [on earth] and upon whom will descend an enduring punishment [in the Hereafter]."

  1. فَسَوْفَfasawfaAnd soon
  2. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou will know
  3. مَنman(on) whom
  4. يَأْتِيهِyatīhiwill come
  5. عَذَابٌۭʿadhābuna punishment
  6. يُخْزِيهِyukh'zīhi(that) will disgrace him
  7. وَيَحِلُّwayaḥilluand will descend
  8. عَلَيْهِʿalayhion him
  9. عَذَابٌۭʿadhābuna punishment
  10. مُّقِيمٌmuqīmunlasting

Verse 40

حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَ أَمْرُنَا وَفَارَ ٱلتَّنُّورُ قُلْنَا ٱحْمِلْ فِيهَا مِن كُلٍّ زَوْجَيْنِ ٱثْنَيْنِ وَأَهْلَكَ إِلَّا مَن سَبَقَ عَلَيْهِ ٱلْقَوْلُ وَمَنْ ءَامَنَ ۚ وَمَآ ءَامَنَ مَعَهُۥٓ إِلَّا قَلِيلٌ

Transliteration ḥattā idhā jāa amrunā wafāra l-tanūru qul'nā iḥ'mil fīhā min kullin zawjayni ith'nayni wa-ahlaka illā man sabaqa ʿalayhi l-qawlu waman āmana wamā āmana maʿahu illā qalīlun

English [So it was], until when Our command came and the oven overflowed, We said, "Load upon it [i.e., the ship] of each [creature] two mates and your family, except those about whom the word [i.e., decree] has preceded, and [include] whoever has believed." But none had believed with him, except a few.

  1. حَتَّىٰٓḥattāTill
  2. إِذَاidhāwhen
  3. جَآءَjāacame
  4. أَمْرُنَاamrunāOur command
  5. وَفَارَwafāraand overflowed
  6. ٱلتَّنُّورُl-tanūruthe oven
  7. قُلْنَاqul'nāWe said
  8. ٱحْمِلْiḥ'milLoad
  9. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  10. مِنminof
  11. كُلٍّۢkullinevery kind
  12. زَوْجَيْنِzawjaynia pair
  13. ٱثْنَيْنِith'naynitwo
  14. وَأَهْلَكَwa-ahlakaand your family
  15. إِلَّاillāexcept
  16. مَنmanwho
  17. سَبَقَsabaqahas preceded
  18. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiagainst him
  19. ٱلْقَوْلُl-qawluthe word
  20. وَمَنْwamanand whoever
  21. ءَامَنَ ۚāmanabelieved
  22. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  23. ءَامَنَāmanabelieved
  24. مَعَهُۥٓmaʿahuwith him
  25. إِلَّاillāexcept
  26. قَلِيلٌۭqalīluna few

Verse 41

۞ وَقَالَ ٱرْكَبُوا۟ فِيهَا بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ مَجْر۪ىٰهَا وَمُرْسَىٰهَآ ۚ إِنَّ رَبِّى لَغَفُورٌ رَّحِيمٌ

Transliteration waqāla ir'kabū fīhā bis'mi l-lahi majrahā wamur'sāhā inna rabbī laghafūrun raḥīmun

English And [Noah] said, "Embark therein; in the name of Allāh [are] its course and its anchorage. Indeed, my Lord is Forgiving and Merciful."

  1. ۞ وَقَالَwaqālaAnd he said
  2. ٱرْكَبُوا۟ir'kabūEmbark
  3. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  4. بِسْمِbis'miin the name
  5. ٱللَّهِl-lahiof Allah
  6. مَجْر۪ىٰهَاmajrahā(is) its course
  7. وَمُرْسَىٰهَآ ۚwamur'sāhāand its anchorage
  8. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  9. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  10. لَغَفُورٌۭlaghafūrun(is) certainly Oft-Forgiving
  11. رَّحِيمٌۭraḥīmunMost Merciful

Verse 42

وَهِىَ تَجْرِى بِهِمْ فِى مَوْجٍ كَٱلْجِبَالِ وَنَادَىٰ نُوحٌ ٱبْنَهُۥ وَكَانَ فِى مَعْزِلٍ يَـٰبُنَىَّ ٱرْكَب مَّعَنَا وَلَا تَكُن مَّعَ ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَ

Transliteration wahiya tajrī bihim fī mawjin kal-jibāli wanādā nūḥun ib'nahu wakāna fī maʿzilin yābunayya ir'kab maʿanā walā takun maʿa l-kāfirīna

English And it sailed with them through waves like mountains, and Noah called to his son who was apart [from them], "O my son, come aboard with us and be not with the disbelievers."

  1. وَهِىَwahiyaAnd it
  2. تَجْرِىtajrīsailed
  3. بِهِمْbihimwith them
  4. فِىfīon
  5. مَوْجٍۢmawjinthe waves
  6. كَٱلْجِبَالِkal-jibālilike mountains
  7. وَنَادَىٰwanādāand Nuh called out
  8. نُوحٌnūḥunand Nuh called out
  9. ٱبْنَهُۥib'nahu(to) his son
  10. وَكَانَwakānaand he was
  11. فِىfī[in]
  12. مَعْزِلٍۢmaʿzilinapart
  13. يَـٰبُنَىَّyābunayyaO my son
  14. ٱرْكَبir'kabEmbark
  15. مَّعَنَاmaʿanāwith us
  16. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  17. تَكُنtakunbe
  18. مَّعَmaʿawith
  19. ٱلْكَـٰفِرِينَl-kāfirīnathe disbelievers

Verse 43

قَالَ سَـَٔاوِىٓ إِلَىٰ جَبَلٍ يَعْصِمُنِى مِنَ ٱلْمَآءِ ۚ قَالَ لَا عَاصِمَ ٱلْيَوْمَ مِنْ أَمْرِ ٱللَّهِ إِلَّا مَن رَّحِمَ ۚ وَحَالَ بَيْنَهُمَا ٱلْمَوْجُ فَكَانَ مِنَ ٱلْمُغْرَقِينَ

Transliteration qāla saāwī ilā jabalin yaʿṣimunī mina l-māi qāla lā ʿāṣima l-yawma min amri l-lahi illā man raḥima waḥāla baynahumā l-mawju fakāna mina l-mugh'raqīna

English [But] he said, "I will take refuge on a mountain to protect me from the water." [Noah] said, "There is no protector today from the decree of Allāh, except for whom He gives mercy." And the waves came between them, and he was among the drowned.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. سَـَٔاوِىٓsaāwīI will betake myself
  3. إِلَىٰilāto
  4. جَبَلٍۢjabalina mountain
  5. يَعْصِمُنِىyaʿṣimunī(that) will save me
  6. مِنَminafrom
  7. ٱلْمَآءِ ۚl-māithe water
  8. قَالَqālaHe said
  9. لَاlā(There is) no
  10. عَاصِمَʿāṣimaprotector
  11. ٱلْيَوْمَl-yawmatoday
  12. مِنْminfrom
  13. أَمْرِamrithe Command of Allah
  14. ٱللَّهِl-lahithe Command of Allah
  15. إِلَّاillāexcept
  16. مَنman(on) whom
  17. رَّحِمَ ۚraḥimaHe has mercy
  18. وَحَالَwaḥālaAnd came
  19. بَيْنَهُمَاbaynahumā(in) between them
  20. ٱلْمَوْجُl-mawjuthe waves
  21. فَكَانَfakānaso he was
  22. مِنَminaamong
  23. ٱلْمُغْرَقِينَl-mugh'raqīnathe drowned

Verse 44

وَقِيلَ يَـٰٓأَرْضُ ٱبْلَعِى مَآءَكِ وَيَـٰسَمَآءُ أَقْلِعِى وَغِيضَ ٱلْمَآءُ وَقُضِىَ ٱلْأَمْرُ وَٱسْتَوَتْ عَلَى ٱلْجُودِىِّ ۖ وَقِيلَ بُعْدًا لِّلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration waqīla yāarḍu ib'laʿī māaki wayāsamāu aqliʿī waghīḍa l-māu waquḍiya l-amru wa-is'tawat ʿalā l-jūdiyi waqīla buʿ'dan lil'qawmi l-ẓālimīna

English And it was said, "O earth, swallow your water, and O sky, withhold [your rain]." And the water subsided, and the matter was accomplished, and it [i.e., the ship] came to rest on the [mountain of] Jūdiyy. And it was said, "Away with the wrongdoing people."

  1. وَقِيلَwaqīlaAnd it was said
  2. يَـٰٓأَرْضُyāarḍuO earth
  3. ٱبْلَعِىib'laʿīSwallow
  4. مَآءَكِmāakiyour water
  5. وَيَـٰسَمَآءُwayāsamāuand O sky
  6. أَقْلِعِىaqliʿīWithhold
  7. وَغِيضَwaghīḍaAnd subsided
  8. ٱلْمَآءُl-māuthe water
  9. وَقُضِىَwaquḍiyaand was fulfilled
  10. ٱلْأَمْرُl-amruthe Command
  11. وَٱسْتَوَتْwa-is'tawatAnd it rested
  12. عَلَىʿalāon
  13. ٱلْجُودِىِّ ۖl-jūdiyithe Judi
  14. وَقِيلَwaqīlaAnd it was said
  15. بُعْدًۭاbuʿ'danAway
  16. لِّلْقَوْمِlil'qawmiwith the people
  17. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers

Verse 45

وَنَادَىٰ نُوحٌ رَّبَّهُۥ فَقَالَ رَبِّ إِنَّ ٱبْنِى مِنْ أَهْلِى وَإِنَّ وَعْدَكَ ٱلْحَقُّ وَأَنتَ أَحْكَمُ ٱلْحَـٰكِمِينَ

Transliteration wanādā nūḥun rabbahu faqāla rabbi inna ib'nī min ahlī wa-inna waʿdaka l-ḥaqu wa-anta aḥkamu l-ḥākimīna

English And Noah called to his Lord and said, "My Lord, indeed my son is of my family; and indeed, Your promise is true; and You are the most just of judges!"

  1. وَنَادَىٰwanādāAnd Nuh called
  2. نُوحٌۭnūḥunAnd Nuh called
  3. رَّبَّهُۥrabbahu(to) his Lord
  4. فَقَالَfaqālaand said
  5. رَبِّrabbiO my Lord
  6. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  7. ٱبْنِىib'nīmy son
  8. مِنْmin(is) of
  9. أَهْلِىahlīmy family
  10. وَإِنَّwa-innaand indeed
  11. وَعْدَكَwaʿdakaYour promise
  12. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaqu(is) true
  13. وَأَنتَwa-antaand You
  14. أَحْكَمُaḥkamu(are) the Most Just
  15. ٱلْحَـٰكِمِينَl-ḥākimīna(of) the judges

Verse 46

قَالَ يَـٰنُوحُ إِنَّهُۥ لَيْسَ مِنْ أَهْلِكَ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ عَمَلٌ غَيْرُ صَـٰلِحٍ ۖ فَلَا تَسْـَٔلْنِ مَا لَيْسَ لَكَ بِهِۦ عِلْمٌ ۖ إِنِّىٓ أَعِظُكَ أَن تَكُونَ مِنَ ٱلْجَـٰهِلِينَ

Transliteration qāla yānūḥu innahu laysa min ahlika innahu ʿamalun ghayru ṣāliḥin falā tasalni mā laysa laka bihi ʿil'mun innī aʿiẓuka an takūna mina l-jāhilīna

English He said, "O Noah, indeed he is not of your family; indeed, he is [one whose] work was other than righteous, so ask Me not for that about which you have no knowledge. Indeed, I advise you, lest you be among the ignorant."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰنُوحُyānūḥuO Nuh
  3. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  4. لَيْسَlaysa(is) not
  5. مِنْminof
  6. أَهْلِكَ ۖahlikayour family
  7. إِنَّهُۥinnahuindeed, [he]
  8. عَمَلٌʿamalun(his) deed
  9. غَيْرُghayru(is) other than
  10. صَـٰلِحٍۢ ۖṣāliḥinrighteous
  11. فَلَاfalāso (do) not
  12. تَسْـَٔلْنِtasalniask Me
  13. مَاmā(about) what
  14. لَيْسَlaysanot
  15. لَكَlakayou have
  16. بِهِۦbihiof it
  17. عِلْمٌ ۖʿil'munany knowledge
  18. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  19. أَعِظُكَaʿiẓukaadmonish you
  20. أَنanlest
  21. تَكُونَtakūnayou be
  22. مِنَminaamong
  23. ٱلْجَـٰهِلِينَl-jāhilīnathe ignorant

Verse 47

قَالَ رَبِّ إِنِّىٓ أَعُوذُ بِكَ أَنْ أَسْـَٔلَكَ مَا لَيْسَ لِى بِهِۦ عِلْمٌ ۖ وَإِلَّا تَغْفِرْ لِى وَتَرْحَمْنِىٓ أَكُن مِّنَ ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَ

Transliteration qāla rabbi innī aʿūdhu bika an asalaka mā laysa lī bihi ʿil'mun wa-illā taghfir lī watarḥamnī akun mina l-khāsirīna

English [Noah] said, "My Lord, I seek refuge in You from asking that of which I have no knowledge. And unless You forgive me and have mercy upon me, I will be among the losers."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiO my Lord
  3. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  4. أَعُوذُaʿūdhuseek refuge
  5. بِكَbikain You
  6. أَنْanthat
  7. أَسْـَٔلَكَasalakaI (should) ask You
  8. مَاmāwhat
  9. لَيْسَlaysanot
  10. لِىlīI have
  11. بِهِۦbihiof it
  12. عِلْمٌۭ ۖʿil'munknowledge
  13. وَإِلَّاwa-illāAnd unless
  14. تَغْفِرْtaghfirYou forgive
  15. لِىlīme
  16. وَتَرْحَمْنِىٓwatarḥamnīand You have mercy on me
  17. أَكُنakunI will be
  18. مِّنَminaamong
  19. ٱلْخَـٰسِرِينَl-khāsirīnathe losers

Verse 48

قِيلَ يَـٰنُوحُ ٱهْبِطْ بِسَلَـٰمٍ مِّنَّا وَبَرَكَـٰتٍ عَلَيْكَ وَعَلَىٰٓ أُمَمٍ مِّمَّن مَّعَكَ ۚ وَأُمَمٌ سَنُمَتِّعُهُمْ ثُمَّ يَمَسُّهُم مِّنَّا عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Transliteration qīla yānūḥu ih'biṭ bisalāmin minnā wabarakātin ʿalayka waʿalā umamin mimman maʿaka wa-umamun sanumattiʿuhum thumma yamassuhum minnā ʿadhābun alīmun

English It was said, "O Noah, disembark in security from Us and blessings upon you and upon nations [descending] from those with you. But other nations [of them] We will grant enjoyment; then there will touch them from Us a painful punishment."

  1. قِيلَqīlaIt was said
  2. يَـٰنُوحُyānūḥuO Nuh
  3. ٱهْبِطْih'biṭGo down
  4. بِسَلَـٰمٍۢbisalāminwith peace
  5. مِّنَّاminnāfrom Us
  6. وَبَرَكَـٰتٍwabarakātinand blessings
  7. عَلَيْكَʿalaykaon you
  8. وَعَلَىٰٓwaʿalāand on
  9. أُمَمٍۢumaminthe nations
  10. مِّمَّنmimmanfrom those
  11. مَّعَكَ ۚmaʿakawith you
  12. وَأُمَمٌۭwa-umamunBut (to other) nations
  13. سَنُمَتِّعُهُمْsanumattiʿuhumWe will grant enjoyment
  14. ثُمَّthummathen
  15. يَمَسُّهُمyamassuhumwill touch them
  16. مِّنَّاminnāfrom Us
  17. عَذَابٌʿadhābuna punishment
  18. أَلِيمٌۭalīmunpainful

Verse 49

تِلْكَ مِنْ أَنۢبَآءِ ٱلْغَيْبِ نُوحِيهَآ إِلَيْكَ ۖ مَا كُنتَ تَعْلَمُهَآ أَنتَ وَلَا قَوْمُكَ مِن قَبْلِ هَـٰذَا ۖ فَٱصْبِرْ ۖ إِنَّ ٱلْعَـٰقِبَةَ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ

Transliteration til'ka min anbāi l-ghaybi nūḥīhā ilayka mā kunta taʿlamuhā anta walā qawmuka min qabli hādhā fa-iṣ'bir inna l-ʿāqibata lil'muttaqīna

English That is from the news of the unseen which We reveal to you, [O Muḥammad]. You knew it not, neither you nor your people, before this. So be patient; indeed, the [best] outcome is for the righteous.

  1. تِلْكَtil'kaThis
  2. مِنْmin(is) from
  3. أَنۢبَآءِanbāithe news
  4. ٱلْغَيْبِl-ghaybi(of) the unseen
  5. نُوحِيهَآnūḥīhā(which) We reveal
  6. إِلَيْكَ ۖilaykato you
  7. مَاmāNot
  8. كُنتَkuntayou were
  9. تَعْلَمُهَآtaʿlamuhāknowing it
  10. أَنتَantayou
  11. وَلَاwalāand not
  12. قَوْمُكَqawmukayour people
  13. مِنminfrom
  14. قَبْلِqablibefore
  15. هَـٰذَا ۖhādhāthis
  16. فَٱصْبِرْ ۖfa-iṣ'birSo be patient
  17. إِنَّinnaindeed
  18. ٱلْعَـٰقِبَةَl-ʿāqibatathe end
  19. لِلْمُتَّقِينَlil'muttaqīna(is) for the God fearing

Verse 50

وَإِلَىٰ عَادٍ أَخَاهُمْ هُودًا ۚ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥٓ ۖ إِنْ أَنتُمْ إِلَّا مُفْتَرُونَ

Transliteration wa-ilā ʿādin akhāhum hūdan qāla yāqawmi uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu in antum illā muf'tarūna

English And to ʿAad [We sent] their brother Hūd. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. You are not but inventors [of falsehood].

  1. وَإِلَىٰwa-ilāAnd to
  2. عَادٍʿādinAad
  3. أَخَاهُمْakhāhum(We sent) their brother
  4. هُودًۭا ۚhūdanHud
  5. قَالَqālaHe said
  6. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  7. ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
  8. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  9. مَاmānot
  10. لَكُمlakum(is) for you
  11. مِّنْminany
  12. إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
  13. غَيْرُهُۥٓ ۖghayruhuother than Him
  14. إِنْinNot
  15. أَنتُمْantumyou
  16. إِلَّاillā(are) but
  17. مُفْتَرُونَmuf'tarūnainventors

Verse 51

يَـٰقَوْمِ لَآ أَسْـَٔلُكُمْ عَلَيْهِ أَجْرًا ۖ إِنْ أَجْرِىَ إِلَّا عَلَى ٱلَّذِى فَطَرَنِىٓ ۚ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration yāqawmi lā asalukum ʿalayhi ajran in ajriya illā ʿalā alladhī faṭaranī afalā taʿqilūna

English O my people, I do not ask you for it [i.e., my advice] any reward. My reward is only from the one who created me. Then will you not reason?

  1. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  2. لَآlāNot
  3. أَسْـَٔلُكُمْasalukumI ask you
  4. عَلَيْهِʿalayhifor it
  5. أَجْرًا ۖajranany reward
  6. إِنْinNot
  7. أَجْرِىَajriya(is) my reward
  8. إِلَّاillāexcept
  9. عَلَىʿalāfrom
  10. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe One Who
  11. فَطَرَنِىٓ ۚfaṭaranīcreated me
  12. أَفَلَاafalāThen will not
  13. تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūnayou use reason

Verse 52

وَيَـٰقَوْمِ ٱسْتَغْفِرُوا۟ رَبَّكُمْ ثُمَّ تُوبُوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِ يُرْسِلِ ٱلسَّمَآءَ عَلَيْكُم مِّدْرَارًا وَيَزِدْكُمْ قُوَّةً إِلَىٰ قُوَّتِكُمْ وَلَا تَتَوَلَّوْا۟ مُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration wayāqawmi is'taghfirū rabbakum thumma tūbū ilayhi yur'sili l-samāa ʿalaykum mid'rāran wayazid'kum quwwatan ilā quwwatikum walā tatawallaw muj'rimīna

English And O my people, ask forgiveness of your Lord and then repent to Him. He will send [rain from] the sky upon you in showers and increase you in strength [added] to your strength. And do not turn away, [being] criminals."

  1. وَيَـٰقَوْمِwayāqawmiAnd O my people
  2. ٱسْتَغْفِرُوا۟is'taghfirūAsk forgiveness
  3. رَبَّكُمْrabbakum(of) your Lord
  4. ثُمَّthummathen
  5. تُوبُوٓا۟tūbūturn in repentance
  6. إِلَيْهِilayhito Him
  7. يُرْسِلِyur'siliHe will send
  8. ٱلسَّمَآءَl-samāa(from) the sky (rain)
  9. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumupon you
  10. مِّدْرَارًۭاmid'rāran(in) abundance
  11. وَيَزِدْكُمْwayazid'kumand increase you
  12. قُوَّةًquwwatan(in) strength
  13. إِلَىٰilā(added) to
  14. قُوَّتِكُمْquwwatikumyour strength
  15. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  16. تَتَوَلَّوْا۟tatawallawturn away
  17. مُجْرِمِينَmuj'rimīna(as) criminals

Verse 53

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰهُودُ مَا جِئْتَنَا بِبَيِّنَةٍ وَمَا نَحْنُ بِتَارِكِىٓ ءَالِهَتِنَا عَن قَوْلِكَ وَمَا نَحْنُ لَكَ بِمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration qālū yāhūdu mā ji'tanā bibayyinatin wamā naḥnu bitārikī ālihatinā ʿan qawlika wamā naḥnu laka bimu'minīna

English They said, "O Hūd, you have not brought us clear evidence, and we are not ones to leave our gods on your say-so. Nor are we believers in you.

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. يَـٰهُودُyāhūduO Hud
  3. مَاmāYou have not brought us
  4. جِئْتَنَاji'tanāYou have not brought us
  5. بِبَيِّنَةٍۢbibayyinatinclear proofs
  6. وَمَاwamāand not
  7. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  8. بِتَارِكِىٓbitārikī(will) leave
  9. ءَالِهَتِنَاālihatināour gods
  10. عَنʿanon
  11. قَوْلِكَqawlikayour saying
  12. وَمَاwamāand not
  13. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe (are)
  14. لَكَlakain you
  15. بِمُؤْمِنِينَbimu'minīnabelievers

Verse 54

إِن نَّقُولُ إِلَّا ٱعْتَرَىٰكَ بَعْضُ ءَالِهَتِنَا بِسُوٓءٍ ۗ قَالَ إِنِّىٓ أُشْهِدُ ٱللَّهَ وَٱشْهَدُوٓا۟ أَنِّى بَرِىٓءٌ مِّمَّا تُشْرِكُونَ

Transliteration in naqūlu illā iʿ'tarāka baʿḍu ālihatinā bisūin qāla innī ush'hidu l-laha wa-ish'hadū annī barīon mimmā tush'rikūna

English We only say that some of our gods have possessed you with evil [i.e., insanity]." He said, "Indeed, I call Allāh to witness, and witness [yourselves] that I am free from whatever you associate with Allāh

  1. إِنinNot
  2. نَّقُولُnaqūluwe say
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept (that)
  4. ٱعْتَرَىٰكَiʿ'tarākahave seized you
  5. بَعْضُbaʿḍusome
  6. ءَالِهَتِنَاālihatinā(of) our gods
  7. بِسُوٓءٍۢ ۗbisūinwith evil
  8. قَالَqālaHe said
  9. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  10. أُشْهِدُush'hidu[I] call Allah to witness
  11. ٱللَّهَl-laha[I] call Allah to witness
  12. وَٱشْهَدُوٓا۟wa-ish'hadūand (you) bear witness
  13. أَنِّىannīthat I am
  14. بَرِىٓءٌۭbarīoninnocent
  15. مِّمَّاmimmāof what
  16. تُشْرِكُونَtush'rikūnayou associate

Verse 55

مِن دُونِهِۦ ۖ فَكِيدُونِى جَمِيعًا ثُمَّ لَا تُنظِرُونِ

Transliteration min dūnihi fakīdūnī jamīʿan thumma lā tunẓirūni

English Other than Him. So plot against me all together; then do not give me respite.

  1. مِنminOther than Him
  2. دُونِهِۦ ۖdūnihiOther than Him
  3. فَكِيدُونِىfakīdūnīSo plot against me
  4. جَمِيعًۭاjamīʿanall together
  5. ثُمَّthummathen
  6. لَاlā(do) not
  7. تُنظِرُونِtunẓirūnigive me respite

Verse 56

إِنِّى تَوَكَّلْتُ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ رَبِّى وَرَبِّكُم ۚ مَّا مِن دَآبَّةٍ إِلَّا هُوَ ءَاخِذٌۢ بِنَاصِيَتِهَآ ۚ إِنَّ رَبِّى عَلَىٰ صِرَٰطٍ مُّسْتَقِيمٍ

Transliteration innī tawakkaltu ʿalā l-lahi rabbī warabbikum mā min dābbatin illā huwa ākhidhun bināṣiyatihā inna rabbī ʿalā ṣirāṭin mus'taqīmin

English Indeed, I have relied upon Allāh, my Lord and your Lord. There is no creature but that He holds it by its forelock [i.e., controls it]. Indeed, my Lord is on a path [that is] straight.

  1. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  2. تَوَكَّلْتُtawakkaltu[I] put my trust
  3. عَلَىʿalāupon
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  5. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  6. وَرَبِّكُم ۚwarabbikumand your Lord
  7. مَّاmā(There is) not
  8. مِنminof a moving creature
  9. دَآبَّةٍdābbatinof a moving creature
  10. إِلَّاillābut
  11. هُوَhuwaHe
  12. ءَاخِذٌۢākhidhunhas grasp
  13. بِنَاصِيَتِهَآ ۚbināṣiyatihāof its forelock
  14. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  15. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  16. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) on
  17. صِرَٰطٍۢṣirāṭina path
  18. مُّسْتَقِيمٍۢmus'taqīminstraight

Verse 57

فَإِن تَوَلَّوْا۟ فَقَدْ أَبْلَغْتُكُم مَّآ أُرْسِلْتُ بِهِۦٓ إِلَيْكُمْ ۚ وَيَسْتَخْلِفُ رَبِّى قَوْمًا غَيْرَكُمْ وَلَا تَضُرُّونَهُۥ شَيْـًٔا ۚ إِنَّ رَبِّى عَلَىٰ كُلِّ شَىْءٍ حَفِيظٌ

Transliteration fa-in tawallaw faqad ablaghtukum mā ur'sil'tu bihi ilaykum wayastakhlifu rabbī qawman ghayrakum walā taḍurrūnahu shayan inna rabbī ʿalā kulli shayin ḥafīẓun

English But if you turn away, then I have already conveyed that with which I was sent to you. My Lord will give succession to a people other than you, and you will not harm Him at all. Indeed my Lord is, over all things, Guardian."

  1. فَإِنfa-inSo if
  2. تَوَلَّوْا۟tawallawyou turn away
  3. فَقَدْfaqadthen verily
  4. أَبْلَغْتُكُمablaghtukumI have conveyed to you
  5. مَّآmāwhat
  6. أُرْسِلْتُur'sil'tuI was sent
  7. بِهِۦٓbihiwith [it]
  8. إِلَيْكُمْ ۚilaykumto you
  9. وَيَسْتَخْلِفُwayastakhlifuAnd my Lord will give succession
  10. رَبِّىrabbīAnd my Lord will give succession
  11. قَوْمًاqawman(to) a people
  12. غَيْرَكُمْghayrakumother than you
  13. وَلَاwalāand not
  14. تَضُرُّونَهُۥtaḍurrūnahuyou will harm Him
  15. شَيْـًٔا ۚshayan(in) anything
  16. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  17. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  18. عَلَىٰʿalā(is) on
  19. كُلِّkulliall
  20. شَىْءٍshayinthings
  21. حَفِيظٌۭḥafīẓuna Guardian

Verse 58

وَلَمَّا جَآءَ أَمْرُنَا نَجَّيْنَا هُودًا وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مَعَهُۥ بِرَحْمَةٍ مِّنَّا وَنَجَّيْنَـٰهُم مِّنْ عَذَابٍ غَلِيظٍ

Transliteration walammā jāa amrunā najjaynā hūdan wa-alladhīna āmanū maʿahu biraḥmatin minnā wanajjaynāhum min ʿadhābin ghalīẓin

English And when Our command came, We saved Hūd and those who believed with him, by mercy from Us; and We saved them from a harsh punishment.

  1. وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
  2. جَآءَjāacame
  3. أَمْرُنَاamrunāOur command
  4. نَجَّيْنَاnajjaynāWe saved
  5. هُودًۭاhūdanHud
  6. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those who
  7. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieved
  8. مَعَهُۥmaʿahuwith him
  9. بِرَحْمَةٍۢbiraḥmatinby a Mercy
  10. مِّنَّاminnāfrom Us
  11. وَنَجَّيْنَـٰهُمwanajjaynāhumand We saved them
  12. مِّنْminfrom
  13. عَذَابٍʿadhābina punishment
  14. غَلِيظٍۢghalīẓinsevere

Verse 59

وَتِلْكَ عَادٌ ۖ جَحَدُوا۟ بِـَٔايَـٰتِ رَبِّهِمْ وَعَصَوْا۟ رُسُلَهُۥ وَٱتَّبَعُوٓا۟ أَمْرَ كُلِّ جَبَّارٍ عَنِيدٍ

Transliteration watil'ka ʿādun jaḥadū biāyāti rabbihim waʿaṣaw rusulahu wa-ittabaʿū amra kulli jabbārin ʿanīdin

English And that was ʿAad, who rejected the signs of their Lord and disobeyed His messengers and followed the order of every obstinate tyrant.

  1. وَتِلْكَwatil'kaAnd this
  2. عَادٌۭ ۖʿādun(was) Aad
  3. جَحَدُوا۟jaḥadūthey rejected
  4. بِـَٔايَـٰتِbiāyāti(the) Signs
  5. رَبِّهِمْrabbihim(of) their Lord
  6. وَعَصَوْا۟waʿaṣawand disobeyed
  7. رُسُلَهُۥrusulahuHis Messengers
  8. وَٱتَّبَعُوٓا۟wa-ittabaʿūand followed
  9. أَمْرَamra(the) command
  10. كُلِّkulli(of) every
  11. جَبَّارٍjabbārintyrant
  12. عَنِيدٍۢʿanīdinobstinate

Verse 60

وَأُتْبِعُوا۟ فِى هَـٰذِهِ ٱلدُّنْيَا لَعْنَةً وَيَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۗ أَلَآ إِنَّ عَادًا كَفَرُوا۟ رَبَّهُمْ ۗ أَلَا بُعْدًا لِّعَادٍ قَوْمِ هُودٍ

Transliteration wa-ut'biʿū fī hādhihi l-dun'yā laʿnatan wayawma l-qiyāmati alā inna ʿādan kafarū rabbahum alā buʿ'dan liʿādin qawmi hūdin

English And they were [therefore] followed in this world with a curse and [as well] on the Day of Resurrection. Unquestionably, ʿAad denied their Lord; then away with ʿAad, the people of Hūd.

  1. وَأُتْبِعُوا۟wa-ut'biʿūAnd they were followed
  2. فِىfīin
  3. هَـٰذِهِhādhihithis
  4. ٱلدُّنْيَاl-dun'yāworld
  5. لَعْنَةًۭlaʿnatan(with) a curse
  6. وَيَوْمَwayawmaand (on the) Day
  7. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۗl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  8. أَلَآalāNo doubt
  9. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  10. عَادًۭاʿādanAad
  11. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  12. رَبَّهُمْ ۗrabbahumtheir Lord
  13. أَلَاalāSo
  14. بُعْدًۭاbuʿ'danaway
  15. لِّعَادٍۢliʿādinwith Aad
  16. قَوْمِqawmi(the) people
  17. هُودٍۢhūdin(of) Hud

Verse 61

۞ وَإِلَىٰ ثَمُودَ أَخَاهُمْ صَـٰلِحًا ۚ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥ ۖ هُوَ أَنشَأَكُم مِّنَ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱسْتَعْمَرَكُمْ فِيهَا فَٱسْتَغْفِرُوهُ ثُمَّ تُوبُوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِ ۚ إِنَّ رَبِّى قَرِيبٌ مُّجِيبٌ

Transliteration wa-ilā thamūda akhāhum ṣāliḥan qāla yāqawmi uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu huwa ansha-akum mina l-arḍi wa-is'taʿmarakum fīhā fa-is'taghfirūhu thumma tūbū ilayhi inna rabbī qarībun mujībun

English And to Thamūd [We sent] their brother Ṣāliḥ. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. He has produced you from the earth and settled you in it, so ask forgiveness of Him and then repent to Him. Indeed, my Lord is near and responsive."

  1. ۞ وَإِلَىٰwa-ilāAnd to
  2. ثَمُودَthamūdaThamud
  3. أَخَاهُمْakhāhum(We sent) their brother
  4. صَـٰلِحًۭا ۚṣāliḥanSalih
  5. قَالَqālaHe said
  6. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  7. ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
  8. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  9. مَاmānot
  10. لَكُمlakumyou have
  11. مِّنْminany
  12. إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
  13. غَيْرُهُۥ ۖghayruhuother than Him
  14. هُوَhuwaHe
  15. أَنشَأَكُمansha-akumproduced you
  16. مِّنَminafrom
  17. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  18. وَٱسْتَعْمَرَكُمْwa-is'taʿmarakumand settled you
  19. فِيهَاfīhāin it
  20. فَٱسْتَغْفِرُوهُfa-is'taghfirūhuSo ask forgiveness of Him
  21. ثُمَّthummathen
  22. تُوبُوٓا۟tūbūturn in repentance
  23. إِلَيْهِ ۚilayhito Him
  24. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  25. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  26. قَرِيبٌۭqarībun(is) near
  27. مُّجِيبٌۭmujībunAll-Responsive

Verse 62

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰصَـٰلِحُ قَدْ كُنتَ فِينَا مَرْجُوًّا قَبْلَ هَـٰذَآ ۖ أَتَنْهَىٰنَآ أَن نَّعْبُدَ مَا يَعْبُدُ ءَابَآؤُنَا وَإِنَّنَا لَفِى شَكٍّ مِّمَّا تَدْعُونَآ إِلَيْهِ مُرِيبٍ

Transliteration qālū yāṣāliḥu qad kunta fīnā marjuwwan qabla hādhā atanhānā an naʿbuda mā yaʿbudu ābāunā wa-innanā lafī shakkin mimmā tadʿūnā ilayhi murībin

English They said, "O Ṣāliḥ, you were among us a man of promise before this. Do you forbid us to worship what our fathers worshipped? And indeed we are, about that to which you invite us, in disquieting doubt."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. يَـٰصَـٰلِحُyāṣāliḥuO Salih
  3. قَدْqadVerily
  4. كُنتَkuntayou were
  5. فِينَاfīnāamong us
  6. مَرْجُوًّۭاmarjuwwanthe one in whom hope was placed
  7. قَبْلَqablabefore
  8. هَـٰذَآ ۖhādhāthis
  9. أَتَنْهَىٰنَآatanhānāDo you forbid us
  10. أَنanthat
  11. نَّعْبُدَnaʿbudawe worship
  12. مَاmāwhat
  13. يَعْبُدُyaʿbuduour forefathers worshipped
  14. ءَابَآؤُنَاābāunāour forefathers worshipped
  15. وَإِنَّنَاwa-innanāAnd indeed we
  16. لَفِىlafīsurely (are) in
  17. شَكٍّۢshakkindoubt
  18. مِّمَّاmimmāabout what
  19. تَدْعُونَآtadʿūnāyou call us
  20. إِلَيْهِilayhito it
  21. مُرِيبٍۢmurībinsuspicious

Verse 63

قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ أَرَءَيْتُمْ إِن كُنتُ عَلَىٰ بَيِّنَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّى وَءَاتَىٰنِى مِنْهُ رَحْمَةً فَمَن يَنصُرُنِى مِنَ ٱللَّهِ إِنْ عَصَيْتُهُۥ ۖ فَمَا تَزِيدُونَنِى غَيْرَ تَخْسِيرٍ

Transliteration qāla yāqawmi ara-aytum in kuntu ʿalā bayyinatin min rabbī waātānī min'hu raḥmatan faman yanṣurunī mina l-lahi in ʿaṣaytuhu famā tazīdūnanī ghayra takhsīrin

English He said, "O my people, have you considered: if I should be upon clear evidence from my Lord and He has given me mercy from Himself, who would protect me from Allāh if I disobeyed Him? So you would not increase me except in loss.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  3. أَرَءَيْتُمْara-aytumDo you see
  4. إِنinif
  5. كُنتُkuntuI am
  6. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  7. بَيِّنَةٍۢbayyinatina clear proof
  8. مِّنminfrom
  9. رَّبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  10. وَءَاتَىٰنِىwaātānīand He has given me
  11. مِنْهُmin'hufrom Him
  12. رَحْمَةًۭraḥmatana Mercy
  13. فَمَنfamanthen who
  14. يَنصُرُنِىyanṣurunī(can) help me
  15. مِنَminaagainst
  16. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  17. إِنْinif
  18. عَصَيْتُهُۥ ۖʿaṣaytuhuI (were to) disobey Him
  19. فَمَاfamāSo not
  20. تَزِيدُونَنِىtazīdūnanīyou would increase me
  21. غَيْرَghayrabut
  22. تَخْسِيرٍۢtakhsīrin(in) loss

Verse 64

وَيَـٰقَوْمِ هَـٰذِهِۦ نَاقَةُ ٱللَّهِ لَكُمْ ءَايَةً فَذَرُوهَا تَأْكُلْ فِىٓ أَرْضِ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا تَمَسُّوهَا بِسُوٓءٍ فَيَأْخُذَكُمْ عَذَابٌ قَرِيبٌ

Transliteration wayāqawmi hādhihi nāqatu l-lahi lakum āyatan fadharūhā takul fī arḍi l-lahi walā tamassūhā bisūin fayakhudhakum ʿadhābun qarībun

English And O my people, this is the she-camel of Allāh - [she is] to you a sign. So let her feed upon Allāh's earth and do not touch her with harm, or you will be taken by an impending punishment."

  1. وَيَـٰقَوْمِwayāqawmiAnd O my people
  2. هَـٰذِهِۦhādhihiThis
  3. نَاقَةُnāqatushe-camel
  4. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  5. لَكُمْlakum(is) for you
  6. ءَايَةًۭāyatana Sign
  7. فَذَرُوهَاfadharūhāso leave her
  8. تَأْكُلْtakulto eat
  9. فِىٓfīin
  10. أَرْضِarḍithe earth
  11. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  12. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  13. تَمَسُّوهَاtamassūhātouch her
  14. بِسُوٓءٍۢbisūinwith harm
  15. فَيَأْخُذَكُمْfayakhudhakumlest will seize you
  16. عَذَابٌۭʿadhābuna punishment
  17. قَرِيبٌۭqarībunimpending

Verse 65

فَعَقَرُوهَا فَقَالَ تَمَتَّعُوا۟ فِى دَارِكُمْ ثَلَـٰثَةَ أَيَّامٍ ۖ ذَٰلِكَ وَعْدٌ غَيْرُ مَكْذُوبٍ

Transliteration faʿaqarūhā faqāla tamattaʿū fī dārikum thalāthata ayyāmin dhālika waʿdun ghayru makdhūbin

English But they hamstrung her, so he said, "Enjoy yourselves in your homes for three days. That is a promise not to be denied [i.e., unfailing]."

  1. فَعَقَرُوهَاfaʿaqarūhāBut they hamstrung her
  2. فَقَالَfaqālaSo he said
  3. تَمَتَّعُوا۟tamattaʿūEnjoy (yourselves)
  4. فِىfīin
  5. دَارِكُمْdārikumyour home(s)
  6. ثَلَـٰثَةَthalāthata(for) three
  7. أَيَّامٍۢ ۖayyāmindays
  8. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  9. وَعْدٌwaʿdun(is) a promise
  10. غَيْرُghayrunot
  11. مَكْذُوبٍۢmakdhūbin(to) be belied

Verse 66

فَلَمَّا جَآءَ أَمْرُنَا نَجَّيْنَا صَـٰلِحًا وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مَعَهُۥ بِرَحْمَةٍ مِّنَّا وَمِنْ خِزْىِ يَوْمِئِذٍ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ هُوَ ٱلْقَوِىُّ ٱلْعَزِيزُ

Transliteration falammā jāa amrunā najjaynā ṣāliḥan wa-alladhīna āmanū maʿahu biraḥmatin minnā wamin khiz'yi yawmi-idhin inna rabbaka huwa l-qawiyu l-ʿazīzu

English So when Our command came, We saved Ṣāliḥ and those who believed with him, by mercy from Us, and [saved them] from the disgrace of that day. Indeed, it is your Lord who is the Powerful, the Exalted in Might.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. جَآءَjāacame
  3. أَمْرُنَاamrunāOur command
  4. نَجَّيْنَاnajjaynāWe saved
  5. صَـٰلِحًۭاṣāliḥanSalih
  6. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those who
  7. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieved
  8. مَعَهُۥmaʿahuwith him
  9. بِرَحْمَةٍۢbiraḥmatinby a Mercy
  10. مِّنَّاminnāfrom Us
  11. وَمِنْwaminand from
  12. خِزْىِkhiz'yi(the) disgrace
  13. يَوْمِئِذٍ ۗyawmi-idhin(of) that Day
  14. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  15. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  16. هُوَhuwaHe
  17. ٱلْقَوِىُّl-qawiyu(is) All-Strong
  18. ٱلْعَزِيزُl-ʿazīzuAll-Mighty

Verse 67

وَأَخَذَ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ ٱلصَّيْحَةُ فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ فِى دِيَـٰرِهِمْ جَـٰثِمِينَ

Transliteration wa-akhadha alladhīna ẓalamū l-ṣayḥatu fa-aṣbaḥū fī diyārihim jāthimīna

English And the shriek seized those who had wronged, and they became within their homes [corpses] fallen prone

  1. وَأَخَذَwa-akhadhaAnd seized
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. ظَلَمُوا۟ẓalamūwronged
  4. ٱلصَّيْحَةُl-ṣayḥatuthe thunderous blast
  5. فَأَصْبَحُوا۟fa-aṣbaḥūthen they became
  6. فِىfīin
  7. دِيَـٰرِهِمْdiyārihimtheir homes
  8. جَـٰثِمِينَjāthimīnafallen prone

Verse 68

كَأَن لَّمْ يَغْنَوْا۟ فِيهَآ ۗ أَلَآ إِنَّ ثَمُودَا۟ كَفَرُوا۟ رَبَّهُمْ ۗ أَلَا بُعْدًا لِّثَمُودَ

Transliteration ka-an lam yaghnaw fīhā alā inna thamūdā kafarū rabbahum alā buʿ'dan lithamūda

English As if they had never prospered therein. Unquestionably, Thamūd denied their Lord; then, away with Thamūd.

  1. كَأَنka-anAs if
  2. لَّمْlamnot
  3. يَغْنَوْا۟yaghnawthey (had) prospered
  4. فِيهَآ ۗfīhātherein
  5. أَلَآalāNo doubt
  6. إِنَّinnaindeed
  7. ثَمُودَا۟thamūdāThamud
  8. كَفَرُوا۟kafarūdisbelieved
  9. رَبَّهُمْ ۗrabbahum(in) their Lord
  10. أَلَاalāso
  11. بُعْدًۭاbuʿ'danaway
  12. لِّثَمُودَlithamūdawith Thamud

Verse 69

وَلَقَدْ جَآءَتْ رُسُلُنَآ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ بِٱلْبُشْرَىٰ قَالُوا۟ سَلَـٰمًا ۖ قَالَ سَلَـٰمٌ ۖ فَمَا لَبِثَ أَن جَآءَ بِعِجْلٍ حَنِيذٍ

Transliteration walaqad jāat rusulunā ib'rāhīma bil-bush'rā qālū salāman qāla salāmun famā labitha an jāa biʿij'lin ḥanīdhin

English And certainly did Our messengers [i.e., angels] come to Abraham with good tidings; they said, "Peace." He said, "Peace," and did not delay in bringing [them] a roasted calf.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. جَآءَتْjāatcame
  3. رُسُلُنَآrusulunāOur messengers
  4. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīma(to) Ibrahim
  5. بِٱلْبُشْرَىٰbil-bush'rāwith glad tidings
  6. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  7. سَلَـٰمًۭا ۖsalāmanPeace
  8. قَالَqālaHe said
  9. سَلَـٰمٌۭ ۖsalāmunPeace
  10. فَمَاfamāand not he delayed
  11. لَبِثَlabithaand not he delayed
  12. أَنanto
  13. جَآءَjāabring
  14. بِعِجْلٍbiʿij'lina calf
  15. حَنِيذٍۢḥanīdhinroasted

Verse 70

فَلَمَّا رَءَآ أَيْدِيَهُمْ لَا تَصِلُ إِلَيْهِ نَكِرَهُمْ وَأَوْجَسَ مِنْهُمْ خِيفَةً ۚ قَالُوا۟ لَا تَخَفْ إِنَّآ أُرْسِلْنَآ إِلَىٰ قَوْمِ لُوطٍ

Transliteration falammā raā aydiyahum lā taṣilu ilayhi nakirahum wa-awjasa min'hum khīfatan qālū lā takhaf innā ur'sil'nā ilā qawmi lūṭin

English But when he saw their hands not reaching for it, he distrusted them and felt from them apprehension. They said, "Fear not. We have been sent to the people of Lot."

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  2. رَءَآraāhe saw
  3. أَيْدِيَهُمْaydiyahumtheir hands
  4. لَاlānot
  5. تَصِلُtaṣilureaching
  6. إِلَيْهِilayhito it
  7. نَكِرَهُمْnakirahumhe felt unfamiliar of them
  8. وَأَوْجَسَwa-awjasaand felt apprehension
  9. مِنْهُمْmin'humfrom them
  10. خِيفَةًۭ ۚkhīfatan[a fear]
  11. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  12. لَاlā(Do) not
  13. تَخَفْtakhaffear
  14. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, we
  15. أُرْسِلْنَآur'sil'nā[we] have been sent
  16. إِلَىٰilāto
  17. قَوْمِqawmi(the) people
  18. لُوطٍۢlūṭin(of) Lut

Verse 71

وَٱمْرَأَتُهُۥ قَآئِمَةٌ فَضَحِكَتْ فَبَشَّرْنَـٰهَا بِإِسْحَـٰقَ وَمِن وَرَآءِ إِسْحَـٰقَ يَعْقُوبَ

Transliteration wa-im'ra-atuhu qāimatun faḍaḥikat fabasharnāhā bi-is'ḥāqa wamin warāi is'ḥāqa yaʿqūba

English And his wife was standing, and she smiled. Then We gave her good tidings of Isaac and after Isaac, Jacob.

  1. وَٱمْرَأَتُهُۥwa-im'ra-atuhuAnd his wife
  2. قَآئِمَةٌۭqāimatun(was) standing
  3. فَضَحِكَتْfaḍaḥikatand she laughed
  4. فَبَشَّرْنَـٰهَاfabasharnāhāThen We gave her glad tidings
  5. بِإِسْحَـٰقَbi-is'ḥāqaof Isaac
  6. وَمِنwaminand after
  7. وَرَآءِwarāiand after
  8. إِسْحَـٰقَis'ḥāqaIsaac
  9. يَعْقُوبَyaʿqūba(of) Yaqub

Verse 72

قَالَتْ يَـٰوَيْلَتَىٰٓ ءَأَلِدُ وَأَنَا۠ عَجُوزٌ وَهَـٰذَا بَعْلِى شَيْخًا ۖ إِنَّ هَـٰذَا لَشَىْءٌ عَجِيبٌ

Transliteration qālat yāwaylatā a-alidu wa-anā ʿajūzun wahādhā baʿlī shaykhan inna hādhā lashayon ʿajībun

English She said, "Woe to me! Shall I give birth while I am an old woman and this, my husband, is an old man? Indeed, this is an amazing thing!"

  1. قَالَتْqālatShe said
  2. يَـٰوَيْلَتَىٰٓyāwaylatāWoe to me
  3. ءَأَلِدُa-aliduShall I bear a child
  4. وَأَنَا۠wa-anāwhile I am
  5. عَجُوزٌۭʿajūzunan old woman
  6. وَهَـٰذَاwahādhāand this
  7. بَعْلِىbaʿlīmy husband
  8. شَيْخًا ۖshaykhan(is) an old man
  9. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  10. هَـٰذَاhādhāthis
  11. لَشَىْءٌlashayon(is) surely a thing
  12. عَجِيبٌۭʿajībunamazing

Verse 73

قَالُوٓا۟ أَتَعْجَبِينَ مِنْ أَمْرِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ رَحْمَتُ ٱللَّهِ وَبَرَكَـٰتُهُۥ عَلَيْكُمْ أَهْلَ ٱلْبَيْتِ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ حَمِيدٌ مَّجِيدٌ

Transliteration qālū ataʿjabīna min amri l-lahi raḥmatu l-lahi wabarakātuhu ʿalaykum ahla l-bayti innahu ḥamīdun majīdun

English They said, "Are you amazed at the decree of Allāh? May the mercy of Allāh and His blessings be upon you, people of the house. Indeed, He is Praiseworthy and Honorable."

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. أَتَعْجَبِينَataʿjabīnaAre you amazed
  3. مِنْminat
  4. أَمْرِamri(the) decree of Allah
  5. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahi(the) decree of Allah
  6. رَحْمَتُraḥmatuThe Mercy of Allah
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahiThe Mercy of Allah
  8. وَبَرَكَـٰتُهُۥwabarakātuhuand His blessings
  9. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykum(be) upon you
  10. أَهْلَahlapeople
  11. ٱلْبَيْتِ ۚl-bayti(of) the house
  12. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  13. حَمِيدٌۭḥamīdun(is) All-Praiseworthy
  14. مَّجِيدٌۭmajīdunAll-Glorious

Verse 74

فَلَمَّا ذَهَبَ عَنْ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ ٱلرَّوْعُ وَجَآءَتْهُ ٱلْبُشْرَىٰ يُجَـٰدِلُنَا فِى قَوْمِ لُوطٍ

Transliteration falammā dhahaba ʿan ib'rāhīma l-rawʿu wajāathu l-bush'rā yujādilunā fī qawmi lūṭin

English And when the fright had left Abraham and the good tidings had reached him, he began to argue [i.e., plead] with Us concerning the people of Lot.

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāAnd when
  2. ذَهَبَdhahaba(had) gone away
  3. عَنْʿanfrom
  4. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīmaIbrahim
  5. ٱلرَّوْعُl-rawʿuthe fright
  6. وَجَآءَتْهُwajāathuand had reached him
  7. ٱلْبُشْرَىٰl-bush'rāthe glad tidings
  8. يُجَـٰدِلُنَاyujādilunāhe argued with Us
  9. فِىfīconcerning
  10. قَوْمِqawmithe people
  11. لُوطٍlūṭinof Lut

Verse 75

إِنَّ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ لَحَلِيمٌ أَوَّٰهٌ مُّنِيبٌ

Transliteration inna ib'rāhīma laḥalīmun awwāhun munībun

English Indeed, Abraham was forbearing, grieving and [frequently] returning [to Allāh].

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīmaIbrahim
  3. لَحَلِيمٌlaḥalīmun(was) certainly forbearing
  4. أَوَّٰهٌۭawwāhunimploring
  5. مُّنِيبٌۭmunībunand oft-returning

Verse 76

يَـٰٓإِبْرَٰهِيمُ أَعْرِضْ عَنْ هَـٰذَآ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ قَدْ جَآءَ أَمْرُ رَبِّكَ ۖ وَإِنَّهُمْ ءَاتِيهِمْ عَذَابٌ غَيْرُ مَرْدُودٍ

Transliteration yāib'rāhīmu aʿriḍ ʿan hādhā innahu qad jāa amru rabbika wa-innahum ātīhim ʿadhābun ghayru mardūdin

English [The angels said], "O Abraham, give up this [plea]. Indeed, the command of your Lord has come, and indeed, there will reach them a punishment that cannot be repelled."

  1. يَـٰٓإِبْرَٰهِيمُyāib'rāhīmuO Ibrahim
  2. أَعْرِضْaʿriḍTurn away
  3. عَنْʿanfrom
  4. هَـٰذَآ ۖhādhāthis
  5. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, it
  6. قَدْqadcertainly
  7. جَآءَjāahas come
  8. أَمْرُamru(the) Command
  9. رَبِّكَ ۖrabbika(of) your Lord
  10. وَإِنَّهُمْwa-innahumand indeed, [they]
  11. ءَاتِيهِمْātīhim(will) come (for) them
  12. عَذَابٌʿadhābuna punishment
  13. غَيْرُghayru(which) cannot
  14. مَرْدُودٍۢmardūdin(be) repelled

Verse 77

وَلَمَّا جَآءَتْ رُسُلُنَا لُوطًا سِىٓءَ بِهِمْ وَضَاقَ بِهِمْ ذَرْعًا وَقَالَ هَـٰذَا يَوْمٌ عَصِيبٌ

Transliteration walammā jāat rusulunā lūṭan sīa bihim waḍāqa bihim dharʿan waqāla hādhā yawmun ʿaṣībun

English And when Our messengers, [the angels], came to Lot, he was anguished for them and felt for them great discomfort and said, "This is a trying day."

  1. وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
  2. جَآءَتْjāatcame
  3. رُسُلُنَاrusulunāOur messengers
  4. لُوطًۭاlūṭan(to) Lut
  5. سِىٓءَsīahe was distressed
  6. بِهِمْbihimfor them
  7. وَضَاقَwaḍāqaand felt straitened
  8. بِهِمْbihimfor them
  9. ذَرْعًۭاdharʿan(and) uneasy
  10. وَقَالَwaqālaand said
  11. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  12. يَوْمٌyawmun(is) a day
  13. عَصِيبٌۭʿaṣībundistressful

Verse 78

وَجَآءَهُۥ قَوْمُهُۥ يُهْرَعُونَ إِلَيْهِ وَمِن قَبْلُ كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ ۚ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ بَنَاتِى هُنَّ أَطْهَرُ لَكُمْ ۖ فَٱتَّقُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ وَلَا تُخْزُونِ فِى ضَيْفِىٓ ۖ أَلَيْسَ مِنكُمْ رَجُلٌ رَّشِيدٌ

Transliteration wajāahu qawmuhu yuh'raʿūna ilayhi wamin qablu kānū yaʿmalūna l-sayiāti qāla yāqawmi hāulāi banātī hunna aṭharu lakum fa-ittaqū l-laha walā tukh'zūni fī ḍayfī alaysa minkum rajulun rashīdun

English And his people came hastening to him, and before [this] they had been doing evil deeds. He said, "O my people, these are my daughters; they are purer for you. So fear Allāh and do not disgrace me concerning my guests. Is there not among you a man of reason?"

  1. وَجَآءَهُۥwajāahuAnd came (to) him
  2. قَوْمُهُۥqawmuhuhis people
  3. يُهْرَعُونَyuh'raʿūnarushing
  4. إِلَيْهِilayhito him
  5. وَمِنwaminand before
  6. قَبْلُqabluand before
  7. كَانُوا۟kānūthey (had) been
  8. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnadoing
  9. ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ ۚl-sayiātithe evil deeds
  10. قَالَqālaHe said
  11. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  12. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِhāulāiThese
  13. بَنَاتِىbanātī(are) my daughters
  14. هُنَّhunnathey
  15. أَطْهَرُaṭharu(are) purer
  16. لَكُمْ ۖlakumfor you
  17. فَٱتَّقُوا۟fa-ittaqūSo fear
  18. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  19. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  20. تُخْزُونِtukh'zūnidisgrace me
  21. فِىfīconcerning
  22. ضَيْفِىٓ ۖḍayfīmy guests
  23. أَلَيْسَalaysaIs (there) not
  24. مِنكُمْminkumamong you
  25. رَجُلٌۭrajuluna man
  26. رَّشِيدٌۭrashīdunright-minded

Verse 79

قَالُوا۟ لَقَدْ عَلِمْتَ مَا لَنَا فِى بَنَاتِكَ مِنْ حَقٍّ وَإِنَّكَ لَتَعْلَمُ مَا نُرِيدُ

Transliteration qālū laqad ʿalim'ta mā lanā fī banātika min ḥaqqin wa-innaka lataʿlamu mā nurīdu

English They said, "You have already known that we have not concerning your daughters [i.e., women] any claim [i.e., desire], and indeed, you know what we want."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. لَقَدْlaqadVerily
  3. عَلِمْتَʿalim'tayou know
  4. مَاmā(that) not
  5. لَنَاlanāwe have
  6. فِىfīconcerning
  7. بَنَاتِكَbanātikayour daughters
  8. مِنْminany
  9. حَقٍّۢḥaqqinright
  10. وَإِنَّكَwa-innakaAnd indeed, you
  11. لَتَعْلَمُlataʿlamusurely know
  12. مَاmāwhat
  13. نُرِيدُnurīduwe want

Verse 80

قَالَ لَوْ أَنَّ لِى بِكُمْ قُوَّةً أَوْ ءَاوِىٓ إِلَىٰ رُكْنٍ شَدِيدٍ

Transliteration qāla law anna lī bikum quwwatan aw āwī ilā ruk'nin shadīdin

English He said, "If only I had against you some power or could take refuge in a strong support."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. لَوْlawIf
  3. أَنَّannathat
  4. لِىlīI had
  5. بِكُمْbikumover you
  6. قُوَّةًquwwatanpower
  7. أَوْawor
  8. ءَاوِىٓāwīI could take refuge
  9. إِلَىٰilāin
  10. رُكْنٍۢruk'nina support
  11. شَدِيدٍۢshadīdinstrong

Verse 81

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰلُوطُ إِنَّا رُسُلُ رَبِّكَ لَن يَصِلُوٓا۟ إِلَيْكَ ۖ فَأَسْرِ بِأَهْلِكَ بِقِطْعٍ مِّنَ ٱلَّيْلِ وَلَا يَلْتَفِتْ مِنكُمْ أَحَدٌ إِلَّا ٱمْرَأَتَكَ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ مُصِيبُهَا مَآ أَصَابَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّ مَوْعِدَهُمُ ٱلصُّبْحُ ۚ أَلَيْسَ ٱلصُّبْحُ بِقَرِيبٍ

Transliteration qālū yālūṭu innā rusulu rabbika lan yaṣilū ilayka fa-asri bi-ahlika biqiṭ'ʿin mina al-layli walā yaltafit minkum aḥadun illā im'ra-ataka innahu muṣībuhā mā aṣābahum inna mawʿidahumu l-ṣub'ḥu alaysa l-ṣub'ḥu biqarībin

English They [the angels] said, "O Lot, indeed we are messengers of your Lord; [therefore], they will never reach you. So set out with your family during a portion of the night and let not any among you look back - except your wife; indeed, she will be struck by that which strikes them. Indeed, their appointment is [for] the morning. Is not the morning near?"

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. يَـٰلُوطُyālūṭuO Lut
  3. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  4. رُسُلُrusulu(are) messengers
  5. رَبِّكَrabbika(of) your Lord
  6. لَنlannever
  7. يَصِلُوٓا۟yaṣilūthey will reach
  8. إِلَيْكَ ۖilaykayou
  9. فَأَسْرِfa-asriSo travel
  10. بِأَهْلِكَbi-ahlikawith your family
  11. بِقِطْعٍۢbiqiṭ'ʿinin a part
  12. مِّنَminaof
  13. ٱلَّيْلِal-laylithe night
  14. وَلَاwalāand (let) not
  15. يَلْتَفِتْyaltafitlook back
  16. مِنكُمْminkumanyone of you
  17. أَحَدٌaḥadunanyone of you
  18. إِلَّاillāexcept
  19. ٱمْرَأَتَكَ ۖim'ra-atakayour wife
  20. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, it
  21. مُصِيبُهَاmuṣībuhāwill strike her
  22. مَآmāwhat
  23. أَصَابَهُمْ ۚaṣābahumwill strike them
  24. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  25. مَوْعِدَهُمُmawʿidahumutheir appointed time
  26. ٱلصُّبْحُ ۚl-ṣub'ḥu(is) morning
  27. أَلَيْسَalaysaIs not
  28. ٱلصُّبْحُl-ṣub'ḥuthe morning
  29. بِقَرِيبٍۢbiqarībinnear

Verse 82

فَلَمَّا جَآءَ أَمْرُنَا جَعَلْنَا عَـٰلِيَهَا سَافِلَهَا وَأَمْطَرْنَا عَلَيْهَا حِجَارَةً مِّن سِجِّيلٍ مَّنضُودٍ

Transliteration falammā jāa amrunā jaʿalnā ʿāliyahā sāfilahā wa-amṭarnā ʿalayhā ḥijāratan min sijjīlin manḍūdin

English So when Our command came, We made the highest part [of the city] its lowest and rained upon them stones of layered hard clay, [which were]

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. جَآءَjāacame
  3. أَمْرُنَاamrunāOur Command
  4. جَعَلْنَاjaʿalnāWe made
  5. عَـٰلِيَهَاʿāliyahāits upside
  6. سَافِلَهَاsāfilahāits downside
  7. وَأَمْطَرْنَاwa-amṭarnāand We rained
  8. عَلَيْهَاʿalayhāupon them
  9. حِجَارَةًۭḥijāratanstones
  10. مِّنminof
  11. سِجِّيلٍۢsijjīlinbaked clay
  12. مَّنضُودٍۢmanḍūdin(in) layers

Verse 83

مُّسَوَّمَةً عِندَ رَبِّكَ ۖ وَمَا هِىَ مِنَ ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَ بِبَعِيدٍ

Transliteration musawwamatan ʿinda rabbika wamā hiya mina l-ẓālimīna bibaʿīdin

English Marked from your Lord. And it [i.e., Allāh's punishment] is not from the wrongdoers [very] far.

  1. مُّسَوَّمَةًmusawwamatanMarked
  2. عِندَʿindafrom
  3. رَبِّكَ ۖrabbikayour Lord
  4. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  5. هِىَhiyait
  6. مِنَmina(is) from
  7. ٱلظَّـٰلِمِينَl-ẓālimīnathe wrongdoers
  8. بِبَعِيدٍۢbibaʿīdinfar

Verse 84

۞ وَإِلَىٰ مَدْيَنَ أَخَاهُمْ شُعَيْبًا ۚ قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَـٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥ ۖ وَلَا تَنقُصُوا۟ ٱلْمِكْيَالَ وَٱلْمِيزَانَ ۚ إِنِّىٓ أَرَىٰكُم بِخَيْرٍ وَإِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ مُّحِيطٍ

Transliteration wa-ilā madyana akhāhum shuʿayban qāla yāqawmi uʿ'budū l-laha mā lakum min ilāhin ghayruhu walā tanquṣū l-mik'yāla wal-mīzāna innī arākum bikhayrin wa-innī akhāfu ʿalaykum ʿadhāba yawmin muḥīṭin

English And to Madyan [We sent] their brother Shuʿayb. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. And do not decrease from the measure and the scale. Indeed, I see you in prosperity, but indeed, I fear for you the punishment of an all-encompassing Day.

  1. ۞ وَإِلَىٰwa-ilāAnd to
  2. مَدْيَنَmadyanaMadyan
  3. أَخَاهُمْakhāhumtheir brother
  4. شُعَيْبًۭا ۚshuʿaybanShuaib
  5. قَالَqālaHe said
  6. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  7. ٱعْبُدُوا۟uʿ'budūWorship
  8. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  9. مَاmānot
  10. لَكُمlakum(is) for you
  11. مِّنْminany
  12. إِلَـٰهٍilāhingod
  13. غَيْرُهُۥ ۖghayruhuother than Him
  14. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  15. تَنقُصُوا۟tanquṣūdecrease
  16. ٱلْمِكْيَالَl-mik'yāla(from) the measure
  17. وَٱلْمِيزَانَ ۚwal-mīzānaand the scale
  18. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  19. أَرَىٰكُمarākumsee you
  20. بِخَيْرٍۢbikhayrinin prosperity
  21. وَإِنِّىٓwa-innībut indeed, I
  22. أَخَافُakhāfufear
  23. عَلَيْكُمْʿalaykumfor you
  24. عَذَابَʿadhābapunishment
  25. يَوْمٍۢyawmin(of) a Day
  26. مُّحِيطٍۢmuḥīṭinall-encompassing

Verse 85

وَيَـٰقَوْمِ أَوْفُوا۟ ٱلْمِكْيَالَ وَٱلْمِيزَانَ بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۖ وَلَا تَبْخَسُوا۟ ٱلنَّاسَ أَشْيَآءَهُمْ وَلَا تَعْثَوْا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُفْسِدِينَ

Transliteration wayāqawmi awfū l-mik'yāla wal-mīzāna bil-qis'ṭi walā tabkhasū l-nāsa ashyāahum walā taʿthaw fī l-arḍi muf'sidīna

English And O my people, give full measure and weight in justice and do not deprive the people of their due and do not commit abuse on the earth, spreading corruption.

  1. وَيَـٰقَوْمِwayāqawmiAnd O my people
  2. أَوْفُوا۟awfūGive full
  3. ٱلْمِكْيَالَl-mik'yālameasure
  4. وَٱلْمِيزَانَwal-mīzānaand weight
  5. بِٱلْقِسْطِ ۖbil-qis'ṭiin justice
  6. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  7. تَبْخَسُوا۟tabkhasūdeprive
  8. ٱلنَّاسَl-nāsathe people
  9. أَشْيَآءَهُمْashyāahum(of) their things
  10. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  11. تَعْثَوْا۟taʿthawact wickedly
  12. فِىfīin
  13. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  14. مُفْسِدِينَmuf'sidīnaspreading corruption

Verse 86

بَقِيَّتُ ٱللَّهِ خَيْرٌ لَّكُمْ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ ۚ وَمَآ أَنَا۠ عَلَيْكُم بِحَفِيظٍ

Transliteration baqiyyatu l-lahi khayrun lakum in kuntum mu'minīna wamā anā ʿalaykum biḥafīẓin

English What remains [lawful] from Allāh is best for you, if you would be believers. But I am not a guardian over you."

  1. بَقِيَّتُbaqiyyatu(What) remains
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(from) Allah
  3. خَيْرٌۭkhayrun(is) best
  4. لَّكُمْlakumfor you
  5. إِنinif
  6. كُنتُمkuntumyou are
  7. مُّؤْمِنِينَ ۚmu'minīnabelievers
  8. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  9. أَنَا۠anāI am
  10. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumover you
  11. بِحَفِيظٍۢbiḥafīẓina guardian

Verse 87

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰشُعَيْبُ أَصَلَوٰتُكَ تَأْمُرُكَ أَن نَّتْرُكَ مَا يَعْبُدُ ءَابَآؤُنَآ أَوْ أَن نَّفْعَلَ فِىٓ أَمْوَٰلِنَا مَا نَشَـٰٓؤُا۟ ۖ إِنَّكَ لَأَنتَ ٱلْحَلِيمُ ٱلرَّشِيدُ

Transliteration qālū yāshuʿaybu aṣalatuka tamuruka an natruka mā yaʿbudu ābāunā aw an nafʿala fī amwālinā mā nashāu innaka la-anta l-ḥalīmu l-rashīdu

English They said, "O Shuʿayb, does your prayer [i.e., religion] command you that we should leave what our fathers worship or not do with our wealth what we please? Indeed, you are the forbearing, the discerning!"

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. يَـٰشُعَيْبُyāshuʿaybuO Shuaib
  3. أَصَلَوٰتُكَaṣalatukaDoes your prayer
  4. تَأْمُرُكَtamurukacommand you
  5. أَنanthat
  6. نَّتْرُكَnatrukawe leave
  7. مَاmāwhat
  8. يَعْبُدُyaʿbuduworship
  9. ءَابَآؤُنَآābāunāour forefathers
  10. أَوْawor
  11. أَنanthat
  12. نَّفْعَلَnafʿalawe do
  13. فِىٓfīconcerning
  14. أَمْوَٰلِنَاamwālināour wealth
  15. مَاmāwhat
  16. نَشَـٰٓؤُا۟ ۖnashāuwe will
  17. إِنَّكَinnakaIndeed you
  18. لَأَنتَla-antasurely you
  19. ٱلْحَلِيمُl-ḥalīmu(are) the forbearing
  20. ٱلرَّشِيدُl-rashīduthe right-minded

Verse 88

قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ أَرَءَيْتُمْ إِن كُنتُ عَلَىٰ بَيِّنَةٍ مِّن رَّبِّى وَرَزَقَنِى مِنْهُ رِزْقًا حَسَنًا ۚ وَمَآ أُرِيدُ أَنْ أُخَالِفَكُمْ إِلَىٰ مَآ أَنْهَىٰكُمْ عَنْهُ ۚ إِنْ أُرِيدُ إِلَّا ٱلْإِصْلَـٰحَ مَا ٱسْتَطَعْتُ ۚ وَمَا تَوْفِيقِىٓ إِلَّا بِٱللَّهِ ۚ عَلَيْهِ تَوَكَّلْتُ وَإِلَيْهِ أُنِيبُ

Transliteration qāla yāqawmi ara-aytum in kuntu ʿalā bayyinatin min rabbī warazaqanī min'hu riz'qan ḥasanan wamā urīdu an ukhālifakum ilā mā anhākum ʿanhu in urīdu illā l-iṣ'lāḥa mā is'taṭaʿtu wamā tawfīqī illā bil-lahi ʿalayhi tawakkaltu wa-ilayhi unību

English He said, "O my people, have you considered: if I am upon clear evidence from my Lord and He has provided me with a good provision from Him...? And I do not intend to differ from you in that which I have forbidden you; I only intend reform as much as I am able. And my success is not but through Allāh. Upon Him I have relied, and to Him I return.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  3. أَرَءَيْتُمْara-aytumDo you see
  4. إِنinif
  5. كُنتُkuntuI am
  6. عَلَىٰʿalāon
  7. بَيِّنَةٍۢbayyinatina clear evidence
  8. مِّنminfrom
  9. رَّبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  10. وَرَزَقَنِىwarazaqanīand He has provided me
  11. مِنْهُmin'hufrom Himself
  12. رِزْقًاriz'qana good provision
  13. حَسَنًۭا ۚḥasanana good provision
  14. وَمَآwamāAnd not
  15. أُرِيدُurīduI intend
  16. أَنْanthat
  17. أُخَالِفَكُمْukhālifakumI differ from you
  18. إِلَىٰilāin
  19. مَآmāwhat
  20. أَنْهَىٰكُمْanhākumI forbid you
  21. عَنْهُ ۚʿanhufrom it
  22. إِنْinNot
  23. أُرِيدُurīduI intend
  24. إِلَّاillāexcept
  25. ٱلْإِصْلَـٰحَl-iṣ'lāḥathe reform
  26. مَاmāas much as I am able
  27. ٱسْتَطَعْتُ ۚis'taṭaʿtuas much as I am able
  28. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  29. تَوْفِيقِىٓtawfīqī(is) my success
  30. إِلَّاillāexcept
  31. بِٱللَّهِ ۚbil-lahiwith Allah
  32. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiUpon Him
  33. تَوَكَّلْتُtawakkaltuI trust
  34. وَإِلَيْهِwa-ilayhiand to Him
  35. أُنِيبُunībuI turn

Verse 89

وَيَـٰقَوْمِ لَا يَجْرِمَنَّكُمْ شِقَاقِىٓ أَن يُصِيبَكُم مِّثْلُ مَآ أَصَابَ قَوْمَ نُوحٍ أَوْ قَوْمَ هُودٍ أَوْ قَوْمَ صَـٰلِحٍ ۚ وَمَا قَوْمُ لُوطٍ مِّنكُم بِبَعِيدٍ

Transliteration wayāqawmi lā yajrimannakum shiqāqī an yuṣībakum mith'lu mā aṣāba qawma nūḥin aw qawma hūdin aw qawma ṣāliḥin wamā qawmu lūṭin minkum bibaʿīdin

English And O my people, let not [your] dissension from me cause you to be struck by that similar to what struck the people of Noah or the people of Hūd or the people of Ṣāliḥ. And the people of Lot are not from you far away.

  1. وَيَـٰقَوْمِwayāqawmiAnd O my people
  2. لَاlā(Let) not cause you to sin
  3. يَجْرِمَنَّكُمْyajrimannakum(Let) not cause you to sin
  4. شِقَاقِىٓshiqāqīmy dissension
  5. أَنanlest
  6. يُصِيبَكُمyuṣībakumbefalls you
  7. مِّثْلُmith'lusimilar
  8. مَآmā(to) what
  9. أَصَابَaṣābabefell
  10. قَوْمَqawma(the) people of Nuh
  11. نُوحٍnūḥin(the) people of Nuh
  12. أَوْawor
  13. قَوْمَqawma(the) people of Hud
  14. هُودٍhūdin(the) people of Hud
  15. أَوْawor
  16. قَوْمَqawmapeople of Salih
  17. صَـٰلِحٍۢ ۚṣāliḥinpeople of Salih
  18. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  19. قَوْمُqawmu(are the) people of Lut
  20. لُوطٍۢlūṭin(are the) people of Lut
  21. مِّنكُمminkumfrom you
  22. بِبَعِيدٍۢbibaʿīdinfar off

Verse 90

وَٱسْتَغْفِرُوا۟ رَبَّكُمْ ثُمَّ تُوبُوٓا۟ إِلَيْهِ ۚ إِنَّ رَبِّى رَحِيمٌ وَدُودٌ

Transliteration wa-is'taghfirū rabbakum thumma tūbū ilayhi inna rabbī raḥīmun wadūdun

English And ask forgiveness of your Lord and then repent to Him. Indeed, my Lord is Merciful and Affectionate."

  1. وَٱسْتَغْفِرُوا۟wa-is'taghfirūAnd ask forgiveness
  2. رَبَّكُمْrabbakum(of) your Lord
  3. ثُمَّthummathen
  4. تُوبُوٓا۟tūbūturn in repentance
  5. إِلَيْهِ ۚilayhito Him
  6. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  7. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  8. رَحِيمٌۭraḥīmun(is) Most Merciful
  9. وَدُودٌۭwadūdunMost Loving

Verse 91

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰشُعَيْبُ مَا نَفْقَهُ كَثِيرًا مِّمَّا تَقُولُ وَإِنَّا لَنَرَىٰكَ فِينَا ضَعِيفًا ۖ وَلَوْلَا رَهْطُكَ لَرَجَمْنَـٰكَ ۖ وَمَآ أَنتَ عَلَيْنَا بِعَزِيزٍ

Transliteration qālū yāshuʿaybu mā nafqahu kathīran mimmā taqūlu wa-innā lanarāka fīnā ḍaʿīfan walawlā rahṭuka larajamnāka wamā anta ʿalaynā biʿazīzin

English They said, "O Shuʿayb, we do not understand much of what you say, and indeed, we consider you among us as weak. And if not for your family, we would have stoned you [to death]; and you are not to us one respected."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. يَـٰشُعَيْبُyāshuʿaybuO Shuaib
  3. مَاmāNot
  4. نَفْقَهُnafqahuwe understand
  5. كَثِيرًۭاkathīranmuch
  6. مِّمَّاmimmāof what
  7. تَقُولُtaqūluyou say
  8. وَإِنَّاwa-innāand indeed, we
  9. لَنَرَىٰكَlanarākasurely [we] see you
  10. فِينَاfīnāamong us
  11. ضَعِيفًۭا ۖḍaʿīfanweak
  12. وَلَوْلَاwalawlāAnd if not
  13. رَهْطُكَrahṭukafor your family
  14. لَرَجَمْنَـٰكَ ۖlarajamnākasurely we would have stoned you
  15. وَمَآwamāand you are not
  16. أَنتَantaand you are not
  17. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāagainst us
  18. بِعَزِيزٍۢbiʿazīzinmighty

Verse 92

قَالَ يَـٰقَوْمِ أَرَهْطِىٓ أَعَزُّ عَلَيْكُم مِّنَ ٱللَّهِ وَٱتَّخَذْتُمُوهُ وَرَآءَكُمْ ظِهْرِيًّا ۖ إِنَّ رَبِّى بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ مُحِيطٌ

Transliteration qāla yāqawmi arahṭī aʿazzu ʿalaykum mina l-lahi wa-ittakhadhtumūhu warāakum ẓih'riyyan inna rabbī bimā taʿmalūna muḥīṭun

English He said, "O my people, is my family more respected for power by you than Allāh? But you put Him behind your backs [in neglect]. Indeed, my Lord is encompassing of what you do.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰقَوْمِyāqawmiO my people
  3. أَرَهْطِىٓarahṭīIs my family
  4. أَعَزُّaʿazzumightier
  5. عَلَيْكُمʿalaykumon you
  6. مِّنَminathan
  7. ٱللَّهِl-lahiAllah
  8. وَٱتَّخَذْتُمُوهُwa-ittakhadhtumūhuAnd you have taken Him
  9. وَرَآءَكُمْwarāakumbehind your
  10. ظِهْرِيًّا ۖẓih'riyyanbacks
  11. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  12. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  13. بِمَاbimāof what
  14. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnayou do
  15. مُحِيطٌۭmuḥīṭun(is) All-Encompassing

Verse 93

وَيَـٰقَوْمِ ٱعْمَلُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَكَانَتِكُمْ إِنِّى عَـٰمِلٌ ۖ سَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ مَن يَأْتِيهِ عَذَابٌ يُخْزِيهِ وَمَنْ هُوَ كَـٰذِبٌ ۖ وَٱرْتَقِبُوٓا۟ إِنِّى مَعَكُمْ رَقِيبٌ

Transliteration wayāqawmi iʿ'malū ʿalā makānatikum innī ʿāmilun sawfa taʿlamūna man yatīhi ʿadhābun yukh'zīhi waman huwa kādhibun wa-ir'taqibū innī maʿakum raqībun

English And O my people, work according to your position; indeed, I am working. You are going to know to whom will come a punishment that will disgrace him and who is a liar. So watch; indeed, I am with you a watcher, [awaiting the outcome]."

  1. وَيَـٰقَوْمِwayāqawmiAnd O my people
  2. ٱعْمَلُوا۟iʿ'malūWork
  3. عَلَىٰʿalā(according) to
  4. مَكَانَتِكُمْmakānatikumyour position
  5. إِنِّىinnīindeed, I am
  6. عَـٰمِلٌۭ ۖʿāmilunworking
  7. سَوْفَsawfaSoon
  8. تَعْلَمُونَtaʿlamūnayou will know
  9. مَنman(on) whom
  10. يَأْتِيهِyatīhiwill come
  11. عَذَابٌۭʿadhābuna punishment
  12. يُخْزِيهِyukh'zīhi(that will) disgrace him
  13. وَمَنْwamanand who
  14. هُوَhuwa[he]
  15. كَـٰذِبٌۭ ۖkādhibun(is) a liar
  16. وَٱرْتَقِبُوٓا۟wa-ir'taqibūAnd watch
  17. إِنِّىinnīindeed, I am
  18. مَعَكُمْmaʿakumwith you
  19. رَقِيبٌۭraqībuna watcher

Verse 94

وَلَمَّا جَآءَ أَمْرُنَا نَجَّيْنَا شُعَيْبًا وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مَعَهُۥ بِرَحْمَةٍ مِّنَّا وَأَخَذَتِ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ ٱلصَّيْحَةُ فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ فِى دِيَـٰرِهِمْ جَـٰثِمِينَ

Transliteration walammā jāa amrunā najjaynā shuʿayban wa-alladhīna āmanū maʿahu biraḥmatin minnā wa-akhadhati alladhīna ẓalamū l-ṣayḥatu fa-aṣbaḥū fī diyārihim jāthimīna

English And when Our command came, We saved Shuʿayb and those who believed with him, by mercy from Us. And the shriek seized those who had wronged, and they became within their homes [corpses] fallen prone

  1. وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
  2. جَآءَjāacame
  3. أَمْرُنَاamrunāOur Command
  4. نَجَّيْنَاnajjaynāWe saved
  5. شُعَيْبًۭاshuʿaybanShuaib
  6. وَٱلَّذِينَwa-alladhīnaand those who
  7. ءَامَنُوا۟āmanūbelieved
  8. مَعَهُۥmaʿahuwith him
  9. بِرَحْمَةٍۢbiraḥmatinby a Mercy
  10. مِّنَّاminnāfrom Us
  11. وَأَخَذَتِwa-akhadhatiAnd seized
  12. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  13. ظَلَمُوا۟ẓalamūwronged
  14. ٱلصَّيْحَةُl-ṣayḥatuthe thunderous blast
  15. فَأَصْبَحُوا۟fa-aṣbaḥūthen they became
  16. فِىfīin
  17. دِيَـٰرِهِمْdiyārihimtheir homes
  18. جَـٰثِمِينَjāthimīnafallen prone

Verse 95

كَأَن لَّمْ يَغْنَوْا۟ فِيهَآ ۗ أَلَا بُعْدًا لِّمَدْيَنَ كَمَا بَعِدَتْ ثَمُودُ

Transliteration ka-an lam yaghnaw fīhā alā buʿ'dan limadyana kamā baʿidat thamūdu

English As if they had never prospered therein. Then, away with Madyan as Thamūd was taken away.

  1. كَأَنka-anAs if
  2. لَّمْlamnot
  3. يَغْنَوْا۟yaghnawthey (had) prospered
  4. فِيهَآ ۗfīhātherein
  5. أَلَاalāSo
  6. بُعْدًۭاbuʿ'danaway
  7. لِّمَدْيَنَlimadyanawith Madyan
  8. كَمَاkamāas
  9. بَعِدَتْbaʿidatwas taken away
  10. ثَمُودُthamūduthe Thamud

Verse 96

وَلَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَا مُوسَىٰ بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَا وَسُلْطَـٰنٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration walaqad arsalnā mūsā biāyātinā wasul'ṭānin mubīnin

English And We did certainly send Moses with Our signs and a clear authority

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. أَرْسَلْنَاarsalnāWe sent
  3. مُوسَىٰmūsāMusa
  4. بِـَٔايَـٰتِنَاbiāyātināwith Our Signs
  5. وَسُلْطَـٰنٍۢwasul'ṭāninand an authority
  6. مُّبِينٍmubīninclear

Verse 97

إِلَىٰ فِرْعَوْنَ وَمَلَإِي۟هِۦ فَٱتَّبَعُوٓا۟ أَمْرَ فِرْعَوْنَ ۖ وَمَآ أَمْرُ فِرْعَوْنَ بِرَشِيدٍ

Transliteration ilā fir'ʿawna wamala-ihi fa-ittabaʿū amra fir'ʿawna wamā amru fir'ʿawna birashīdin

English To Pharaoh and his establishment, but they followed the command of Pharaoh, and the command of Pharaoh was not [at all] discerning.

  1. إِلَىٰilāTo
  2. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawnaFiraun
  3. وَمَلَإِي۟هِۦwamala-ihiand his chiefs
  4. فَٱتَّبَعُوٓا۟fa-ittabaʿūbut they followed
  5. أَمْرَamra(the) command of Firaun
  6. فِرْعَوْنَ ۖfir'ʿawna(the) command of Firaun
  7. وَمَآwamāand not
  8. أَمْرُamru(the) command of Firaun
  9. فِرْعَوْنَfir'ʿawna(the) command of Firaun
  10. بِرَشِيدٍۢbirashīdinwas right

Verse 98

يَقْدُمُ قَوْمَهُۥ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ فَأَوْرَدَهُمُ ٱلنَّارَ ۖ وَبِئْسَ ٱلْوِرْدُ ٱلْمَوْرُودُ

Transliteration yaqdumu qawmahu yawma l-qiyāmati fa-awradahumu l-nāra wabi'sa l-wir'du l-mawrūdu

English He will precede his people on the Day of Resurrection and lead them into the Fire; and wretched is the place to which they are led.

  1. يَقْدُمُyaqdumuHe will precede
  2. قَوْمَهُۥqawmahuhis people
  3. يَوْمَyawma(on the) Day
  4. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  5. فَأَوْرَدَهُمُfa-awradahumuand lead them
  6. ٱلنَّارَ ۖl-nāra(into) the Fire
  7. وَبِئْسَwabi'saAnd wretched
  8. ٱلْوِرْدُl-wir'du(is) the place
  9. ٱلْمَوْرُودُl-mawrūduto which (they are) led

Verse 99

وَأُتْبِعُوا۟ فِى هَـٰذِهِۦ لَعْنَةً وَيَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۚ بِئْسَ ٱلرِّفْدُ ٱلْمَرْفُودُ

Transliteration wa-ut'biʿū fī hādhihi laʿnatan wayawma l-qiyāmati bi'sa l-rif'du l-marfūdu

English And they were followed in this [world] with a curse and on the Day of Resurrection. And wretched is the gift which is given.

  1. وَأُتْبِعُوا۟wa-ut'biʿūAnd they were followed
  2. فِىfīin
  3. هَـٰذِهِۦhādhihithis
  4. لَعْنَةًۭlaʿnatan(by) a curse
  5. وَيَوْمَwayawmaand (on the) Day
  6. ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ ۚl-qiyāmati(of) the Resurrection
  7. بِئْسَbi'saWretched
  8. ٱلرِّفْدُl-rif'du(is) the gift
  9. ٱلْمَرْفُودُl-marfūduwhich (will) be given

Verse 100

ذَٰلِكَ مِنْ أَنۢبَآءِ ٱلْقُرَىٰ نَقُصُّهُۥ عَلَيْكَ ۖ مِنْهَا قَآئِمٌ وَحَصِيدٌ

Transliteration dhālika min anbāi l-qurā naquṣṣuhu ʿalayka min'hā qāimun waḥaṣīdun

English That is from the news of the cities, which We relate to you; of them, some are [still] standing and some are [as] a harvest [mowed down].

  1. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  2. مِنْmin(is) from
  3. أَنۢبَآءِanbāi(the) news
  4. ٱلْقُرَىٰl-qurā(of) the cities
  5. نَقُصُّهُۥnaquṣṣuhu(which) We relate
  6. عَلَيْكَ ۖʿalaykato you
  7. مِنْهَاmin'hāof them
  8. قَآئِمٌۭqāimunsome are standing
  9. وَحَصِيدٌۭwaḥaṣīdunand (some) mown

Verse 101

وَمَا ظَلَمْنَـٰهُمْ وَلَـٰكِن ظَلَمُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ ۖ فَمَآ أَغْنَتْ عَنْهُمْ ءَالِهَتُهُمُ ٱلَّتِى يَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مِن شَىْءٍ لَّمَّا جَآءَ أَمْرُ رَبِّكَ ۖ وَمَا زَادُوهُمْ غَيْرَ تَتْبِيبٍ

Transliteration wamā ẓalamnāhum walākin ẓalamū anfusahum famā aghnat ʿanhum ālihatuhumu allatī yadʿūna min dūni l-lahi min shayin lammā jāa amru rabbika wamā zādūhum ghayra tatbībin

English And We did not wrong them, but they wronged themselves. And they were not availed at all by their gods which they invoked other than Allāh when there came the command of your Lord. And they did not increase them in other than ruin.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. ظَلَمْنَـٰهُمْẓalamnāhumWe wronged them
  3. وَلَـٰكِنwalākinbut
  4. ظَلَمُوٓا۟ẓalamūthey wronged
  5. أَنفُسَهُمْ ۖanfusahumthemselves
  6. فَمَآfamāSo not
  7. أَغْنَتْaghnatavailed
  8. عَنْهُمْʿanhumthem
  9. ءَالِهَتُهُمُālihatuhumutheir gods
  10. ٱلَّتِىallatīwhich
  11. يَدْعُونَyadʿūnathey invoked
  12. مِنminother than Allah
  13. دُونِdūniother than Allah
  14. ٱللَّهِl-lahiother than Allah
  15. مِنminany
  16. شَىْءٍۢshayinthing
  17. لَّمَّاlammāwhen
  18. جَآءَjāacame
  19. أَمْرُamru(the) command (of) your Lord
  20. رَبِّكَ ۖrabbika(the) command (of) your Lord
  21. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  22. زَادُوهُمْzādūhumthey increased them
  23. غَيْرَghayraother than
  24. تَتْبِيبٍۢtatbībinruin

Verse 102

وَكَذَٰلِكَ أَخْذُ رَبِّكَ إِذَآ أَخَذَ ٱلْقُرَىٰ وَهِىَ ظَـٰلِمَةٌ ۚ إِنَّ أَخْذَهُۥٓ أَلِيمٌ شَدِيدٌ

Transliteration wakadhālika akhdhu rabbika idhā akhadha l-qurā wahiya ẓālimatun inna akhdhahu alīmun shadīdun

English And thus is the seizure of your Lord when He seizes the cities while they are committing wrong. Indeed, His seizure is painful and severe.

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. أَخْذُakhdhu(is) the seizure (of) your Lord
  3. رَبِّكَrabbika(is) the seizure (of) your Lord
  4. إِذَآidhāwhen
  5. أَخَذَakhadhaHe seizes
  6. ٱلْقُرَىٰl-qurāthe cities
  7. وَهِىَwahiyawhile they
  8. ظَـٰلِمَةٌ ۚẓālimatun(are) doing wrong
  9. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  10. أَخْذَهُۥٓakhdhahuHis seizure
  11. أَلِيمٌۭalīmun(is) painful
  12. شَدِيدٌshadīdun(and) severe

Verse 103

إِنَّ فِى ذَٰلِكَ لَـَٔايَةً لِّمَنْ خَافَ عَذَابَ ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ يَوْمٌ مَّجْمُوعٌ لَّهُ ٱلنَّاسُ وَذَٰلِكَ يَوْمٌ مَّشْهُودٌ

Transliteration inna fī dhālika laāyatan liman khāfa ʿadhāba l-ākhirati dhālika yawmun majmūʿun lahu l-nāsu wadhālika yawmun mashhūdun

English Indeed in that is a sign for those who fear the punishment of the Hereafter. That is a Day for which the people will be collected, and that is a Day [which will be] witnessed.

  1. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  2. فِىfīin
  3. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  4. لَـَٔايَةًۭlaāyatan(is) surely a Sign
  5. لِّمَنْlimanfor (those) who
  6. خَافَkhāfafear
  7. عَذَابَʿadhāba(the) punishment
  8. ٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ ۚl-ākhirati(of) the Hereafter
  9. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  10. يَوْمٌۭyawmun(is) a Day
  11. مَّجْمُوعٌۭmajmūʿun(will) be gathered
  12. لَّهُlahuon it
  13. ٱلنَّاسُl-nāsuthe mankind
  14. وَذَٰلِكَwadhālikaand that
  15. يَوْمٌۭyawmun(is) a Day
  16. مَّشْهُودٌۭmashhūdunwitnessed

Verse 104

وَمَا نُؤَخِّرُهُۥٓ إِلَّا لِأَجَلٍ مَّعْدُودٍ

Transliteration wamā nu-akhiruhu illā li-ajalin maʿdūdin

English And We do not delay it except for a limited term.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. نُؤَخِّرُهُۥٓnu-akhiruhuWe delay it
  3. إِلَّاillāexcept
  4. لِأَجَلٍۢli-ajalinfor a term
  5. مَّعْدُودٍۢmaʿdūdinlimited

Verse 105

يَوْمَ يَأْتِ لَا تَكَلَّمُ نَفْسٌ إِلَّا بِإِذْنِهِۦ ۚ فَمِنْهُمْ شَقِىٌّ وَسَعِيدٌ

Transliteration yawma yati lā takallamu nafsun illā bi-idh'nihi famin'hum shaqiyyun wasaʿīdun

English The Day it comes no soul will speak except by His permission. And among them will be the wretched and the prosperous.

  1. يَوْمَyawma(The) Day
  2. يَأْتِyati(it) comes
  3. لَاlānot
  4. تَكَلَّمُtakallamuwill speak
  5. نَفْسٌnafsuna soul
  6. إِلَّاillāexcept
  7. بِإِذْنِهِۦ ۚbi-idh'nihiby His leave
  8. فَمِنْهُمْfamin'humThen among them
  9. شَقِىٌّۭshaqiyyun(will be the) wretched
  10. وَسَعِيدٌۭwasaʿīdunand (the) glad

Verse 106

فَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ شَقُوا۟ فَفِى ٱلنَّارِ لَهُمْ فِيهَا زَفِيرٌ وَشَهِيقٌ

Transliteration fa-ammā alladhīna shaqū fafī l-nāri lahum fīhā zafīrun washahīqun

English As for those who were [destined to be] wretched, they will be in the Fire. For them therein is [violent] exhaling and inhaling.

  1. فَأَمَّاfa-ammāAs for
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. شَقُوا۟shaqūwere wretched
  4. فَفِىfafīthen (they will be) in
  5. ٱلنَّارِl-nārithe Fire
  6. لَهُمْlahumFor them
  7. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  8. زَفِيرٌۭzafīrun(is) sighing
  9. وَشَهِيقٌwashahīqunand wailing

Verse 107

خَـٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا مَا دَامَتِ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتُ وَٱلْأَرْضُ إِلَّا مَا شَآءَ رَبُّكَ ۚ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ فَعَّالٌ لِّمَا يُرِيدُ

Transliteration khālidīna fīhā mā dāmati l-samāwātu wal-arḍu illā mā shāa rabbuka inna rabbaka faʿʿālun limā yurīdu

English [They will be] abiding therein as long as the heavens and the earth endure, except what your Lord should will. Indeed, your Lord is an effecter of what He intends.

  1. خَـٰلِدِينَkhālidīna(Will be) abiding
  2. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  3. مَاmāas long as remain
  4. دَامَتِdāmatias long as remain
  5. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتُl-samāwātuthe heavens
  6. وَٱلْأَرْضُwal-arḍuand the earth
  7. إِلَّاillāexcept
  8. مَاmāwhat your Lord wills
  9. شَآءَshāawhat your Lord wills
  10. رَبُّكَ ۚrabbukawhat your Lord wills
  11. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  12. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  13. فَعَّالٌۭfaʿʿālun(is) All-Accomplisher
  14. لِّمَاlimāof what
  15. يُرِيدُyurīduHe intends

Verse 108

۞ وَأَمَّا ٱلَّذِينَ سُعِدُوا۟ فَفِى ٱلْجَنَّةِ خَـٰلِدِينَ فِيهَا مَا دَامَتِ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتُ وَٱلْأَرْضُ إِلَّا مَا شَآءَ رَبُّكَ ۖ عَطَآءً غَيْرَ مَجْذُوذٍ

Transliteration wa-ammā alladhīna suʿidū fafī l-janati khālidīna fīhā mā dāmati l-samāwātu wal-arḍu illā mā shāa rabbuka ʿaṭāan ghayra majdhūdhin

English And as for those who were [destined to be] prosperous, they will be in Paradise, abiding therein as long as the heavens and the earth endure, except what your Lord should will - a bestowal uninterrupted.

  1. ۞ وَأَمَّاwa-ammāAnd as for
  2. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  3. سُعِدُوا۟suʿidūwere glad
  4. فَفِىfafīthen (they will be) in
  5. ٱلْجَنَّةِl-janatiParadise
  6. خَـٰلِدِينَkhālidīna(will be) abiding
  7. فِيهَاfīhātherein
  8. مَاmāas long as remains
  9. دَامَتِdāmatias long as remains
  10. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتُl-samāwātuthe heavens
  11. وَٱلْأَرْضُwal-arḍuand the earth
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. مَاmāwhat your Lord wills
  14. شَآءَshāawhat your Lord wills
  15. رَبُّكَ ۖrabbukawhat your Lord wills
  16. عَطَآءًʿaṭāana bestowal
  17. غَيْرَghayranot
  18. مَجْذُوذٍۢmajdhūdhininterrupted

Verse 109

فَلَا تَكُ فِى مِرْيَةٍ مِّمَّا يَعْبُدُ هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ ۚ مَا يَعْبُدُونَ إِلَّا كَمَا يَعْبُدُ ءَابَآؤُهُم مِّن قَبْلُ ۚ وَإِنَّا لَمُوَفُّوهُمْ نَصِيبَهُمْ غَيْرَ مَنقُوصٍ

Transliteration falā taku fī mir'yatin mimmā yaʿbudu hāulāi mā yaʿbudūna illā kamā yaʿbudu ābāuhum min qablu wa-innā lamuwaffūhum naṣībahum ghayra manqūṣin

English So do not be in doubt, [O Muḥammad], as to what these [polytheists] are worshipping. They worship not except as their fathers worshipped before. And indeed, We will give them their share undiminished.

  1. فَلَاfalāSo (do) not
  2. تَكُtakube
  3. فِىfīin
  4. مِرْيَةٍۢmir'yatindoubt
  5. مِّمَّاmimmāas to what
  6. يَعْبُدُyaʿbuduworship
  7. هَـٰٓؤُلَآءِ ۚhāulāithese (polytheists)
  8. مَاmāNot
  9. يَعْبُدُونَyaʿbudūnathey worship
  10. إِلَّاillāexcept
  11. كَمَاkamāas what
  12. يَعْبُدُyaʿbuduworshipped
  13. ءَابَآؤُهُمābāuhumtheir forefathers
  14. مِّنminbefore
  15. قَبْلُ ۚqablubefore
  16. وَإِنَّاwa-innāAnd indeed, We
  17. لَمُوَفُّوهُمْlamuwaffūhumwill surely pay them in full
  18. نَصِيبَهُمْnaṣībahumtheir share
  19. غَيْرَghayrawithout
  20. مَنقُوصٍۢmanqūṣinbeing diminished

Verse 110

وَلَقَدْ ءَاتَيْنَا مُوسَى ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ فَٱخْتُلِفَ فِيهِ ۚ وَلَوْلَا كَلِمَةٌ سَبَقَتْ مِن رَّبِّكَ لَقُضِىَ بَيْنَهُمْ ۚ وَإِنَّهُمْ لَفِى شَكٍّ مِّنْهُ مُرِيبٍ

Transliteration walaqad ātaynā mūsā l-kitāba fa-ukh'tulifa fīhi walawlā kalimatun sabaqat min rabbika laquḍiya baynahum wa-innahum lafī shakkin min'hu murībin

English And We had certainly given Moses the Scripture, but it came under disagreement. And if not for a word that preceded from your Lord, it would have been judged between them. And indeed they are, concerning it [i.e., the Qur’ān], in disquieting doubt.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd verily
  2. ءَاتَيْنَاātaynāWe gave
  3. مُوسَىmūsāMusa
  4. ٱلْكِتَـٰبَl-kitābathe Book
  5. فَٱخْتُلِفَfa-ukh'tulifabut differences arose
  6. فِيهِ ۚfīhitherein
  7. وَلَوْلَاwalawlāAnd if not
  8. كَلِمَةٌۭkalimatun(for) a Word
  9. سَبَقَتْsabaqat(that) preceded
  10. مِنminfrom
  11. رَّبِّكَrabbikayour Lord
  12. لَقُضِىَlaquḍiyasurely would have been judged
  13. بَيْنَهُمْ ۚbaynahumbetween them
  14. وَإِنَّهُمْwa-innahumAnd indeed, they
  15. لَفِىlafīsurely (are) in
  16. شَكٍّۢshakkindoubt
  17. مِّنْهُmin'huconcerning it
  18. مُرِيبٍۢmurībinsuspicious

Verse 111

وَإِنَّ كُلًّا لَّمَّا لَيُوَفِّيَنَّهُمْ رَبُّكَ أَعْمَـٰلَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ بِمَا يَعْمَلُونَ خَبِيرٌ

Transliteration wa-inna kullan lammā layuwaffiyannahum rabbuka aʿmālahum innahu bimā yaʿmalūna khabīrun

English And indeed, each [of the believers and disbelievers] - your Lord will fully compensate them for their deeds. Indeed, He is Aware of what they do.

  1. وَإِنَّwa-innaAnd indeed
  2. كُلًّۭاkullanto each [when]
  3. لَّمَّاlammāto each [when]
  4. لَيُوَفِّيَنَّهُمْlayuwaffiyannahumsurely will pay them in full
  5. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  6. أَعْمَـٰلَهُمْ ۚaʿmālahumtheir deeds
  7. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  8. بِمَاbimāof what
  9. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnathey do
  10. خَبِيرٌۭkhabīrun(is) All-Aware

Verse 112

فَٱسْتَقِمْ كَمَآ أُمِرْتَ وَمَن تَابَ مَعَكَ وَلَا تَطْغَوْا۟ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ بِمَا تَعْمَلُونَ بَصِيرٌ

Transliteration fa-is'taqim kamā umir'ta waman tāba maʿaka walā taṭghaw innahu bimā taʿmalūna baṣīrun

English So remain on a right course as you have been commanded, [you] and those who have turned back with you [to Allāh], and do not transgress. Indeed, He is Seeing of what you do.

  1. فَٱسْتَقِمْfa-is'taqimSo stand firm
  2. كَمَآkamāas
  3. أُمِرْتَumir'tayou are commanded
  4. وَمَنwamanand (those) who
  5. تَابَtābaturn (in repentance)
  6. مَعَكَmaʿakawith you
  7. وَلَاwalāand (do) not
  8. تَطْغَوْا۟ ۚtaṭghawtransgress
  9. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, He
  10. بِمَاbimāof what
  11. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnayou do
  12. بَصِيرٌۭbaṣīrun(is) All-Seer

Verse 113

وَلَا تَرْكَنُوٓا۟ إِلَى ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ فَتَمَسَّكُمُ ٱلنَّارُ وَمَا لَكُم مِّن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ مِنْ أَوْلِيَآءَ ثُمَّ لَا تُنصَرُونَ

Transliteration walā tarkanū ilā alladhīna ẓalamū fatamassakumu l-nāru wamā lakum min dūni l-lahi min awliyāa thumma lā tunṣarūna

English And do not incline toward those who do wrong, lest you be touched by the Fire, and you would not have other than Allāh any protectors; then you would not be helped.

  1. وَلَاwalāAnd (do) not
  2. تَرْكَنُوٓا۟tarkanūincline
  3. إِلَىilāto
  4. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  5. ظَلَمُوا۟ẓalamūdo wrong
  6. فَتَمَسَّكُمُfatamassakumulest touches you
  7. ٱلنَّارُl-nāruthe Fire
  8. وَمَاwamāand not
  9. لَكُمlakum(is) for you
  10. مِّنminbesides Allah
  11. دُونِdūnibesides Allah
  12. ٱللَّهِl-lahibesides Allah
  13. مِنْminany
  14. أَوْلِيَآءَawliyāaprotectors
  15. ثُمَّthummathen
  16. لَاlānot
  17. تُنصَرُونَtunṣarūnayou will be helped

Verse 114

وَأَقِمِ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ طَرَفَىِ ٱلنَّهَارِ وَزُلَفًا مِّنَ ٱلَّيْلِ ۚ إِنَّ ٱلْحَسَنَـٰتِ يُذْهِبْنَ ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ ذِكْرَىٰ لِلذَّٰكِرِينَ

Transliteration wa-aqimi l-ṣalata ṭarafayi l-nahāri wazulafan mina al-layli inna l-ḥasanāti yudh'hib'na l-sayiāti dhālika dhik'rā lildhākirīna

English And establish prayer at the two ends of the day and at the approach of the night. Indeed, good deeds do away with misdeeds. That is a reminder for those who remember.

  1. وَأَقِمِwa-aqimiAnd establish
  2. ٱلصَّلَوٰةَl-ṣalatathe prayer
  3. طَرَفَىِṭarafayi(at the) two ends
  4. ٱلنَّهَارِl-nahāri(of) the day
  5. وَزُلَفًۭاwazulafanand (at) the approach
  6. مِّنَminaof
  7. ٱلَّيْلِ ۚal-laylithe night
  8. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  9. ٱلْحَسَنَـٰتِl-ḥasanātithe good deeds
  10. يُذْهِبْنَyudh'hib'naremove
  11. ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ ۚl-sayiātithe evil deeds
  12. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  13. ذِكْرَىٰdhik'rā(is) a reminder
  14. لِلذَّٰكِرِينَlildhākirīnafor those who remember

Verse 115

وَٱصْبِرْ فَإِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يُضِيعُ أَجْرَ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration wa-iṣ'bir fa-inna l-laha lā yuḍīʿu ajra l-muḥ'sinīna

English And be patient, for indeed, Allāh does not allow to be lost the reward of those who do good.

  1. وَٱصْبِرْwa-iṣ'birAnd be patient
  2. فَإِنَّfa-innafor indeed
  3. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  4. لَاlā(does) not
  5. يُضِيعُyuḍīʿulet go waste
  6. أَجْرَajra(the) reward
  7. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīna(of) the good-doers

Verse 116

فَلَوْلَا كَانَ مِنَ ٱلْقُرُونِ مِن قَبْلِكُمْ أُو۟لُوا۟ بَقِيَّةٍ يَنْهَوْنَ عَنِ ٱلْفَسَادِ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا مِّمَّنْ أَنجَيْنَا مِنْهُمْ ۗ وَٱتَّبَعَ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ مَآ أُتْرِفُوا۟ فِيهِ وَكَانُوا۟ مُجْرِمِينَ

Transliteration falawlā kāna mina l-qurūni min qablikum ulū baqiyyatin yanhawna ʿani l-fasādi fī l-arḍi illā qalīlan mimman anjaynā min'hum wa-ittabaʿa alladhīna ẓalamū mā ut'rifū fīhi wakānū muj'rimīna

English So why were there not among the generations before you those of enduring discrimination forbidding corruption on earth - except a few of those We saved from among them? But those who wronged pursued what luxury they were given therein, and they were criminals.

  1. فَلَوْلَاfalawlāSo why not
  2. كَانَkānahad been
  3. مِنَminaof
  4. ٱلْقُرُونِl-qurūnithe generations
  5. مِنminbefore you
  6. قَبْلِكُمْqablikumbefore you
  7. أُو۟لُوا۟ulūthose possessing a remnant
  8. بَقِيَّةٍۢbaqiyyatinthose possessing a remnant
  9. يَنْهَوْنَyanhawnaforbidding
  10. عَنِʿanifrom
  11. ٱلْفَسَادِl-fasādithe corruption
  12. فِىfīin
  13. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe earth
  14. إِلَّاillāexcept
  15. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlana few
  16. مِّمَّنْmimmanof those
  17. أَنجَيْنَاanjaynāWe saved
  18. مِنْهُمْ ۗmin'humamong them
  19. وَٱتَّبَعَwa-ittabaʿaBut followed
  20. ٱلَّذِينَalladhīnathose who
  21. ظَلَمُوا۟ẓalamūdid wrong
  22. مَآmāwhat
  23. أُتْرِفُوا۟ut'rifūluxury they were given
  24. فِيهِfīhitherein
  25. وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand they were
  26. مُجْرِمِينَmuj'rimīnacriminals

Verse 117

وَمَا كَانَ رَبُّكَ لِيُهْلِكَ ٱلْقُرَىٰ بِظُلْمٍ وَأَهْلُهَا مُصْلِحُونَ

Transliteration wamā kāna rabbuka liyuh'lika l-qurā biẓul'min wa-ahluhā muṣ'liḥūna

English And your Lord would not have destroyed the cities unjustly while their people were reformers.

  1. وَمَاwamāAnd not
  2. كَانَkānawould
  3. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  4. لِيُهْلِكَliyuh'likadestroy
  5. ٱلْقُرَىٰl-qurāthe cities
  6. بِظُلْمٍۢbiẓul'minunjustly
  7. وَأَهْلُهَاwa-ahluhāwhile its people
  8. مُصْلِحُونَmuṣ'liḥūna(were) reformers

Verse 118

وَلَوْ شَآءَ رَبُّكَ لَجَعَلَ ٱلنَّاسَ أُمَّةً وَٰحِدَةً ۖ وَلَا يَزَالُونَ مُخْتَلِفِينَ

Transliteration walaw shāa rabbuka lajaʿala l-nāsa ummatan wāḥidatan walā yazālūna mukh'talifīna

English And if your Lord had willed, He could have made mankind one community; but they will not cease to differ,

  1. وَلَوْwalawAnd if
  2. شَآءَshāayour Lord (had) willed
  3. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord (had) willed
  4. لَجَعَلَlajaʿalasurely He (could) have made
  5. ٱلنَّاسَl-nāsathe mankind
  6. أُمَّةًۭummatanone community
  7. وَٰحِدَةًۭ ۖwāḥidatanone community
  8. وَلَاwalābut not
  9. يَزَالُونَyazālūnathey will cease
  10. مُخْتَلِفِينَmukh'talifīnato differ

Verse 119

إِلَّا مَن رَّحِمَ رَبُّكَ ۚ وَلِذَٰلِكَ خَلَقَهُمْ ۗ وَتَمَّتْ كَلِمَةُ رَبِّكَ لَأَمْلَأَنَّ جَهَنَّمَ مِنَ ٱلْجِنَّةِ وَٱلنَّاسِ أَجْمَعِينَ

Transliteration illā man raḥima rabbuka walidhālika khalaqahum watammat kalimatu rabbika la-amla-anna jahannama mina l-jinati wal-nāsi ajmaʿīna

English Except whom your Lord has given mercy, and for that He created them. But the word of your Lord is to be fulfilled that, "I will surely fill Hell with jinn and men all together."

  1. إِلَّاillāExcept
  2. مَنman(on) whom
  3. رَّحِمَraḥimayour Lord has bestowed Mercy
  4. رَبُّكَ ۚrabbukayour Lord has bestowed Mercy
  5. وَلِذَٰلِكَwalidhālikaand for that
  6. خَلَقَهُمْ ۗkhalaqahumHe created them
  7. وَتَمَّتْwatammatAnd will be fulfilled
  8. كَلِمَةُkalimatu(the) Word of your Lord
  9. رَبِّكَrabbika(the) Word of your Lord
  10. لَأَمْلَأَنَّla-amla-annaSurely I will fill
  11. جَهَنَّمَjahannamaHell
  12. مِنَminawith
  13. ٱلْجِنَّةِl-jinatithe Jinn
  14. وَٱلنَّاسِwal-nāsiand the men
  15. أَجْمَعِينَajmaʿīnaall together

Verse 120

وَكُلًّا نَّقُصُّ عَلَيْكَ مِنْ أَنۢبَآءِ ٱلرُّسُلِ مَا نُثَبِّتُ بِهِۦ فُؤَادَكَ ۚ وَجَآءَكَ فِى هَـٰذِهِ ٱلْحَقُّ وَمَوْعِظَةٌ وَذِكْرَىٰ لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ

Transliteration wakullan naquṣṣu ʿalayka min anbāi l-rusuli mā nuthabbitu bihi fuādaka wajāaka fī hādhihi l-ḥaqu wamawʿiẓatun wadhik'rā lil'mu'minīna

English And each [story] We relate to you from the news of the messengers is that by which We make firm your heart. And there has come to you, in this, the truth and an instruction and a reminder for the believers.

  1. وَكُلًّۭاwakullanAnd each
  2. نَّقُصُّnaquṣṣuWe relate
  3. عَلَيْكَʿalaykato you
  4. مِنْminof
  5. أَنۢبَآءِanbāi(the) news
  6. ٱلرُّسُلِl-rusuli(of) the Messengers
  7. مَاmā(for) that
  8. نُثَبِّتُnuthabbituWe may make firm
  9. بِهِۦbihiwith it
  10. فُؤَادَكَ ۚfuādakayour heart
  11. وَجَآءَكَwajāakaAnd has come to you
  12. فِىfīin
  13. هَـٰذِهِhādhihithis
  14. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaquthe truth
  15. وَمَوْعِظَةٌۭwamawʿiẓatunand an admonition
  16. وَذِكْرَىٰwadhik'rāand a reminder
  17. لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَlil'mu'minīnafor the believers

Verse 121

وَقُل لِّلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ ٱعْمَلُوا۟ عَلَىٰ مَكَانَتِكُمْ إِنَّا عَـٰمِلُونَ

Transliteration waqul lilladhīna lā yu'minūna iʿ'malū ʿalā makānatikum innā ʿāmilūna

English And say to those who do not believe, "Work according to your position; indeed, we are working.

  1. وَقُلwaqulAnd say
  2. لِّلَّذِينَlilladhīnato those who
  3. لَاlā(do) not
  4. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnabelieve
  5. ٱعْمَلُوا۟iʿ'malūWork
  6. عَلَىٰʿalā(according) to
  7. مَكَانَتِكُمْmakānatikumyour position
  8. إِنَّاinnāindeed, we
  9. عَـٰمِلُونَʿāmilūna(are also) working

Verse 122

وَٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟ إِنَّا مُنتَظِرُونَ

Transliteration wa-intaẓirū innā muntaẓirūna

English And wait; indeed, we are waiting."

  1. وَٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟wa-intaẓirūAnd wait
  2. إِنَّاinnāindeed, we
  3. مُنتَظِرُونَmuntaẓirūna(are) ones who wait

Verse 123

وَلِلَّهِ غَيْبُ ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَإِلَيْهِ يُرْجَعُ ٱلْأَمْرُ كُلُّهُۥ فَٱعْبُدْهُ وَتَوَكَّلْ عَلَيْهِ ۚ وَمَا رَبُّكَ بِغَـٰفِلٍ عَمَّا تَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration walillahi ghaybu l-samāwāti wal-arḍi wa-ilayhi yur'jaʿu l-amru kulluhu fa-uʿ'bud'hu watawakkal ʿalayhi wamā rabbuka bighāfilin ʿammā taʿmalūna

English And to Allāh belong the unseen [aspects] of the heavens and the earth and to Him will be returned the matter, all of it, so worship Him and rely upon Him. And your Lord is not unaware of that which you do.

  1. وَلِلَّهِwalillahiAnd for Allah
  2. غَيْبُghaybu(is the) unseen
  3. ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِl-samāwāti(of) the heavens
  4. وَٱلْأَرْضِwal-arḍiand the earth
  5. وَإِلَيْهِwa-ilayhiand to Him
  6. يُرْجَعُyur'jaʿuwill be returned
  7. ٱلْأَمْرُl-amruthe matter
  8. كُلُّهُۥkulluhuall (of) it
  9. فَٱعْبُدْهُfa-uʿ'bud'huso worship Him
  10. وَتَوَكَّلْwatawakkaland put your trust
  11. عَلَيْهِ ۚʿalayhiupon Him
  12. وَمَاwamāAnd your Lord is not
  13. رَبُّكَrabbukaAnd your Lord is not
  14. بِغَـٰفِلٍbighāfilinunaware
  15. عَمَّاʿammāof what
  16. تَعْمَلُونَtaʿmalūnayou do

Surah Yusuf يوسف verses 1–52

Bismillah

بِسْمِ ٱللَّهِ ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِ ٱلرَّحِيمِ

Transliteration bis'mi l-lahi l-raḥmāni l-raḥīmi

English In the name of Allāh, the Entirely Merciful, the Especially Merciful.

  1. بِسْمِbis'miIn (the) name
  2. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  3. ٱلرَّحْمَـٰنِl-raḥmānithe Most Gracious
  4. ٱلرَّحِيمِl-raḥīmithe Most Merciful

Verse 1

الٓر ۚ تِلْكَ ءَايَـٰتُ ٱلْكِتَـٰبِ ٱلْمُبِينِ

Transliteration alif-lam-ra til'ka āyātu l-kitābi l-mubīni

English Alif, Lām, Rā. These are the verses of the clear Book.

  1. الٓر ۚalif-lam-raAlif Laam Ra
  2. تِلْكَtil'kaThese
  3. ءَايَـٰتُāyātu(are the) Verses
  4. ٱلْكِتَـٰبِl-kitābi(of) the Book
  5. ٱلْمُبِينِl-mubīni[the] clear

Verse 2

إِنَّآ أَنزَلْنَـٰهُ قُرْءَٰنًا عَرَبِيًّا لَّعَلَّكُمْ تَعْقِلُونَ

Transliteration innā anzalnāhu qur'ānan ʿarabiyyan laʿallakum taʿqilūna

English Indeed, We have sent it down as an Arabic Qur’ān that you might understand.

  1. إِنَّآinnāIndeed, We
  2. أَنزَلْنَـٰهُanzalnāhuWe have sent it down
  3. قُرْءَٰنًاqur'ānan(as) a Quran in Arabic
  4. عَرَبِيًّۭاʿarabiyyan(as) a Quran in Arabic
  5. لَّعَلَّكُمْlaʿallakumso that you may
  6. تَعْقِلُونَtaʿqilūnaunderstand

Verse 3

نَحْنُ نَقُصُّ عَلَيْكَ أَحْسَنَ ٱلْقَصَصِ بِمَآ أَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَيْكَ هَـٰذَا ٱلْقُرْءَانَ وَإِن كُنتَ مِن قَبْلِهِۦ لَمِنَ ٱلْغَـٰفِلِينَ

Transliteration naḥnu naquṣṣu ʿalayka aḥsana l-qaṣaṣi bimā awḥaynā ilayka hādhā l-qur'āna wa-in kunta min qablihi lamina l-ghāfilīna

English We relate to you, [O Muḥammad], the best of stories in what We have revealed to you of this Qur’ān although you were, before it, among the unaware.

  1. نَحْنُnaḥnuWe
  2. نَقُصُّnaquṣṣurelate
  3. عَلَيْكَʿalaykato you
  4. أَحْسَنَaḥsanathe best
  5. ٱلْقَصَصِl-qaṣaṣiof the narrations
  6. بِمَآbimāin what
  7. أَوْحَيْنَآawḥaynāWe have revealed
  8. إِلَيْكَilaykato you
  9. هَـٰذَاhādhā(of) this
  10. ٱلْقُرْءَانَl-qur'ānathe Quran
  11. وَإِنwa-inalthough
  12. كُنتَkuntayou were
  13. مِنminbefore it
  14. قَبْلِهِۦqablihibefore it
  15. لَمِنَlaminasurely among
  16. ٱلْغَـٰفِلِينَl-ghāfilīnathe unaware

Verse 4

إِذْ قَالَ يُوسُفُ لِأَبِيهِ يَـٰٓأَبَتِ إِنِّى رَأَيْتُ أَحَدَ عَشَرَ كَوْكَبًا وَٱلشَّمْسَ وَٱلْقَمَرَ رَأَيْتُهُمْ لِى سَـٰجِدِينَ

Transliteration idh qāla yūsufu li-abīhi yāabati innī ra-aytu aḥada ʿashara kawkaban wal-shamsa wal-qamara ra-aytuhum lī sājidīna

English [Of these stories mention] when Joseph said to his father, "O my father, indeed I have seen [in a dream] eleven stars and the sun and the moon; I saw them prostrating to me."

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالَqālasaid
  3. يُوسُفُyūsufuYusuf
  4. لِأَبِيهِli-abīhito his father
  5. يَـٰٓأَبَتِyāabatiO my father
  6. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  7. رَأَيْتُra-aytuI saw
  8. أَحَدَaḥadaeleven
  9. عَشَرَʿasharaeleven
  10. كَوْكَبًۭاkawkabanstars
  11. وَٱلشَّمْسَwal-shamsaand the sun
  12. وَٱلْقَمَرَwal-qamaraand the moon
  13. رَأَيْتُهُمْra-aytuhumI saw them
  14. لِىlīto me
  15. سَـٰجِدِينَsājidīnaprostrating

Verse 5

قَالَ يَـٰبُنَىَّ لَا تَقْصُصْ رُءْيَاكَ عَلَىٰٓ إِخْوَتِكَ فَيَكِيدُوا۟ لَكَ كَيْدًا ۖ إِنَّ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَ لِلْإِنسَـٰنِ عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌ

Transliteration qāla yābunayya lā taqṣuṣ ru'yāka ʿalā ikh'watika fayakīdū laka kaydan inna l-shayṭāna lil'insāni ʿaduwwun mubīnun

English He said, "O my son, do not relate your vision to your brothers or they will contrive against you a plan. Indeed Satan, to man, is a manifest enemy.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. يَـٰبُنَىَّyābunayyaO my son
  3. لَاlā(Do) not
  4. تَقْصُصْtaqṣuṣrelate
  5. رُءْيَاكَru'yākayour vision
  6. عَلَىٰٓʿalāto
  7. إِخْوَتِكَikh'watikayour brothers
  8. فَيَكِيدُوا۟fayakīdūlest they plan
  9. لَكَlakaagainst you
  10. كَيْدًا ۖkaydana plot
  11. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  12. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنَl-shayṭānathe Shaitaan
  13. لِلْإِنسَـٰنِlil'insāni(is) to man
  14. عَدُوٌّۭʿaduwwunan enemy
  15. مُّبِينٌۭmubīnunopen

Verse 6

وَكَذَٰلِكَ يَجْتَبِيكَ رَبُّكَ وَيُعَلِّمُكَ مِن تَأْوِيلِ ٱلْأَحَادِيثِ وَيُتِمُّ نِعْمَتَهُۥ عَلَيْكَ وَعَلَىٰٓ ءَالِ يَعْقُوبَ كَمَآ أَتَمَّهَا عَلَىٰٓ أَبَوَيْكَ مِن قَبْلُ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَإِسْحَـٰقَ ۚ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ عَلِيمٌ حَكِيمٌ

Transliteration wakadhālika yajtabīka rabbuka wayuʿallimuka min tawīli l-aḥādīthi wayutimmu niʿ'matahu ʿalayka waʿalā āli yaʿqūba kamā atammahā ʿalā abawayka min qablu ib'rāhīma wa-is'ḥāqa inna rabbaka ʿalīmun ḥakīmun

English And thus will your Lord choose you and teach you the interpretation of narratives [i.e., events or dreams] and complete His favor upon you and upon the family of Jacob, as He completed it upon your fathers before, Abraham and Isaac. Indeed, your Lord is Knowing and Wise."

  1. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  2. يَجْتَبِيكَyajtabīkawill choose you
  3. رَبُّكَrabbukayour Lord
  4. وَيُعَلِّمُكَwayuʿallimukaand will teach you
  5. مِنminof
  6. تَأْوِيلِtawīli(the) interpretation
  7. ٱلْأَحَادِيثِl-aḥādīthi(of) the narratives
  8. وَيُتِمُّwayutimmuand complete
  9. نِعْمَتَهُۥniʿ'matahuHis Favor
  10. عَلَيْكَʿalaykaon you
  11. وَعَلَىٰٓwaʿalāand on
  12. ءَالِāli(the) family
  13. يَعْقُوبَyaʿqūba(of) Yaqub
  14. كَمَآkamāas
  15. أَتَمَّهَاatammahāHe completed it
  16. عَلَىٰٓʿalāon
  17. أَبَوَيْكَabawaykayour two forefathers
  18. مِنminbefore
  19. قَبْلُqablubefore
  20. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīmaIbrahim
  21. وَإِسْحَـٰقَ ۚwa-is'ḥāqaand Isaac
  22. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  23. رَبَّكَrabbakayour Lord
  24. عَلِيمٌʿalīmun(is) All-Knower
  25. حَكِيمٌۭḥakīmunAll-Wise

Verse 7

۞ لَّقَدْ كَانَ فِى يُوسُفَ وَإِخْوَتِهِۦٓ ءَايَـٰتٌ لِّلسَّآئِلِينَ

Transliteration laqad kāna fī yūsufa wa-ikh'watihi āyātun lilssāilīna

English Certainly were there in Joseph and his brothers signs for those who ask, [such as]

  1. ۞ لَّقَدْlaqadCertainly
  2. كَانَkānawere
  3. فِىfīin
  4. يُوسُفَyūsufaYusuf
  5. وَإِخْوَتِهِۦٓwa-ikh'watihiand his brothers
  6. ءَايَـٰتٌۭāyātunsigns
  7. لِّلسَّآئِلِينَlilssāilīnafor those who ask

Verse 8

إِذْ قَالُوا۟ لَيُوسُفُ وَأَخُوهُ أَحَبُّ إِلَىٰٓ أَبِينَا مِنَّا وَنَحْنُ عُصْبَةٌ إِنَّ أَبَانَا لَفِى ضَلَـٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration idh qālū layūsufu wa-akhūhu aḥabbu ilā abīnā minnā wanaḥnu ʿuṣ'batun inna abānā lafī ḍalālin mubīnin

English When they said, "Joseph and his brother are more beloved to our father than we, while we are a clan. Indeed, our father is in clear error.

  1. إِذْidhWhen
  2. قَالُوا۟qālūthey said
  3. لَيُوسُفُlayūsufuSurely Yusuf
  4. وَأَخُوهُwa-akhūhuand his brother
  5. أَحَبُّaḥabbu(are) more beloved
  6. إِلَىٰٓilāto
  7. أَبِينَاabīnāour father
  8. مِنَّاminnāthan we
  9. وَنَحْنُwanaḥnuwhile we
  10. عُصْبَةٌʿuṣ'batun(are) a group
  11. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  12. أَبَانَاabānāour father
  13. لَفِىlafī(is) surely in
  14. ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinan error
  15. مُّبِينٍmubīninclear

Verse 9

ٱقْتُلُوا۟ يُوسُفَ أَوِ ٱطْرَحُوهُ أَرْضًا يَخْلُ لَكُمْ وَجْهُ أَبِيكُمْ وَتَكُونُوا۟ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ قَوْمًا صَـٰلِحِينَ

Transliteration uq'tulū yūsufa awi iṭ'raḥūhu arḍan yakhlu lakum wajhu abīkum watakūnū min baʿdihi qawman ṣāliḥīna

English Kill Joseph or cast him out to [another] land; the countenance [i.e., attention] of your father will [then] be only for you, and you will be after that a righteous people."

  1. ٱقْتُلُوا۟uq'tulūKill
  2. يُوسُفَyūsufaYusuf
  3. أَوِawior
  4. ٱطْرَحُوهُiṭ'raḥūhucast him
  5. أَرْضًۭاarḍan(to) a land
  6. يَخْلُyakhluso will be free
  7. لَكُمْlakumfor you
  8. وَجْهُwajhu(the) face
  9. أَبِيكُمْabīkum(of) your father
  10. وَتَكُونُوا۟watakūnūand you will be
  11. مِنۢminafter that
  12. بَعْدِهِۦbaʿdihiafter that
  13. قَوْمًۭاqawmana people
  14. صَـٰلِحِينَṣāliḥīnarighteous

Verse 10

قَالَ قَآئِلٌ مِّنْهُمْ لَا تَقْتُلُوا۟ يُوسُفَ وَأَلْقُوهُ فِى غَيَـٰبَتِ ٱلْجُبِّ يَلْتَقِطْهُ بَعْضُ ٱلسَّيَّارَةِ إِن كُنتُمْ فَـٰعِلِينَ

Transliteration qāla qāilun min'hum lā taqtulū yūsufa wa-alqūhu fī ghayābati l-jubi yaltaqiṭ'hu baʿḍu l-sayārati in kuntum fāʿilīna

English Said a speaker among them, "Do not kill Joseph but throw him into the bottom of the well; some travelers will pick him up - if you would do [something]."

  1. قَالَqālaSaid
  2. قَآئِلٌۭqāiluna speaker
  3. مِّنْهُمْmin'humamong them
  4. لَاlā(Do) not
  5. تَقْتُلُوا۟taqtulūkill
  6. يُوسُفَyūsufaYusuf
  7. وَأَلْقُوهُwa-alqūhubut throw him
  8. فِىfīin
  9. غَيَـٰبَتِghayābatithe bottom
  10. ٱلْجُبِّl-jubi(of) the well
  11. يَلْتَقِطْهُyaltaqiṭ'huwill pick him
  12. بَعْضُbaʿḍusome
  13. ٱلسَّيَّارَةِl-sayārati[the] caravan
  14. إِنinif
  15. كُنتُمْkuntumyou are
  16. فَـٰعِلِينَfāʿilīnadoing

Verse 11

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰٓأَبَانَا مَا لَكَ لَا تَأْمَ۫نَّا عَلَىٰ يُوسُفَ وَإِنَّا لَهُۥ لَنَـٰصِحُونَ

Transliteration qālū yāabānā mā laka lā tamannā ʿalā yūsufa wa-innā lahu lanāṣiḥūna

English They said, "O our father, why do you not entrust us with Joseph while indeed, we are to him sincere counselors?

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. يَـٰٓأَبَانَاyāabānāO our father
  3. مَاmāWhy
  4. لَكَlaka(do) you
  5. لَاlānot
  6. تَأْمَ۫نَّاtamannātrust us
  7. عَلَىٰʿalāwith
  8. يُوسُفَyūsufaYusuf
  9. وَإِنَّاwa-innāwhile indeed, we
  10. لَهُۥlahu(are) for him
  11. لَنَـٰصِحُونَlanāṣiḥūnasurely well-wishers

Verse 12

أَرْسِلْهُ مَعَنَا غَدًا يَرْتَعْ وَيَلْعَبْ وَإِنَّا لَهُۥ لَحَـٰفِظُونَ

Transliteration arsil'hu maʿanā ghadan yartaʿ wayalʿab wa-innā lahu laḥāfiẓūna

English Send him with us tomorrow that he may eat well and play. And indeed, we will be his guardians."

  1. أَرْسِلْهُarsil'huSend him
  2. مَعَنَاmaʿanāwith us
  3. غَدًۭاghadantomorrow
  4. يَرْتَعْyartaʿ(to) enjoy
  5. وَيَلْعَبْwayalʿaband play
  6. وَإِنَّاwa-innāAnd indeed, we
  7. لَهُۥlahufor him
  8. لَحَـٰفِظُونَlaḥāfiẓūna(will) surely (be) guardians

Verse 13

قَالَ إِنِّى لَيَحْزُنُنِىٓ أَن تَذْهَبُوا۟ بِهِۦ وَأَخَافُ أَن يَأْكُلَهُ ٱلذِّئْبُ وَأَنتُمْ عَنْهُ غَـٰفِلُونَ

Transliteration qāla innī layaḥzununī an tadhhabū bihi wa-akhāfu an yakulahu l-dhi'bu wa-antum ʿanhu ghāfilūna

English [Jacob] said, "Indeed, it saddens me that you should take him, and I fear that a wolf would eat him while you are of him unaware."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, [I]
  3. لَيَحْزُنُنِىٓlayaḥzununīit surely saddens me
  4. أَنanthat
  5. تَذْهَبُوا۟tadhhabūyou should take him
  6. بِهِۦbihiyou should take him
  7. وَأَخَافُwa-akhāfuand I fear
  8. أَنanthat
  9. يَأْكُلَهُyakulahuwould eat him
  10. ٱلذِّئْبُl-dhi'bua wolf
  11. وَأَنتُمْwa-antumwhile you
  12. عَنْهُʿanhuof him
  13. غَـٰفِلُونَghāfilūna(are) unaware

Verse 14

قَالُوا۟ لَئِنْ أَكَلَهُ ٱلذِّئْبُ وَنَحْنُ عُصْبَةٌ إِنَّآ إِذًا لَّخَـٰسِرُونَ

Transliteration qālū la-in akalahu l-dhi'bu wanaḥnu ʿuṣ'batun innā idhan lakhāsirūna

English They said, "If a wolf should eat him while we are a [strong] clan, indeed, we would then be losers."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. لَئِنْla-inIf
  3. أَكَلَهُakalahueats him
  4. ٱلذِّئْبُl-dhi'buthe wolf
  5. وَنَحْنُwanaḥnuwhile we
  6. عُصْبَةٌʿuṣ'batun(are) a group
  7. إِنَّآinnāindeed, we
  8. إِذًۭاidhanthen
  9. لَّخَـٰسِرُونَlakhāsirūnasurely (would be) losers

Verse 15

فَلَمَّا ذَهَبُوا۟ بِهِۦ وَأَجْمَعُوٓا۟ أَن يَجْعَلُوهُ فِى غَيَـٰبَتِ ٱلْجُبِّ ۚ وَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَيْهِ لَتُنَبِّئَنَّهُم بِأَمْرِهِمْ هَـٰذَا وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ

Transliteration falammā dhahabū bihi wa-ajmaʿū an yajʿalūhu fī ghayābati l-jubi wa-awḥaynā ilayhi latunabbi-annahum bi-amrihim hādhā wahum lā yashʿurūna

English So when they took him [out] and agreed to put him into the bottom of the well... But We inspired to him, "You will surely inform them [someday] about this affair of theirs while they do not perceive [your identity]."

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. ذَهَبُوا۟dhahabūthey took him
  3. بِهِۦbihithey took him
  4. وَأَجْمَعُوٓا۟wa-ajmaʿūand agreed
  5. أَنanthat
  6. يَجْعَلُوهُyajʿalūhuthey put him
  7. فِىfīin
  8. غَيَـٰبَتِghayābati(the) bottom
  9. ٱلْجُبِّ ۚl-jubi(of) the well
  10. وَأَوْحَيْنَآwa-awḥaynāBut We inspired
  11. إِلَيْهِilayhito him
  12. لَتُنَبِّئَنَّهُمlatunabbi-annahumSurely, you will inform them
  13. بِأَمْرِهِمْbi-amrihimabout this affair
  14. هَـٰذَاhādhāabout this affair
  15. وَهُمْwahumwhile they
  16. لَاlā(do) not
  17. يَشْعُرُونَyashʿurūnaperceive

Verse 16

وَجَآءُوٓ أَبَاهُمْ عِشَآءً يَبْكُونَ

Transliteration wajāū abāhum ʿishāan yabkūna

English And they came to their father at night, weeping.

  1. وَجَآءُوٓwajāūAnd they came
  2. أَبَاهُمْabāhum(to) their father
  3. عِشَآءًۭʿishāanearly at night
  4. يَبْكُونَyabkūnaweeping

Verse 17

قَالُوا۟ يَـٰٓأَبَانَآ إِنَّا ذَهَبْنَا نَسْتَبِقُ وَتَرَكْنَا يُوسُفَ عِندَ مَتَـٰعِنَا فَأَكَلَهُ ٱلذِّئْبُ ۖ وَمَآ أَنتَ بِمُؤْمِنٍ لَّنَا وَلَوْ كُنَّا صَـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration qālū yāabānā innā dhahabnā nastabiqu wataraknā yūsufa ʿinda matāʿinā fa-akalahu l-dhi'bu wamā anta bimu'minin lanā walaw kunnā ṣādiqīna

English They said, "O our father, indeed we went racing each other and left Joseph with our possessions, and a wolf ate him. But you would not believe us, even if we were truthful."

  1. قَالُوا۟qālūThey said
  2. يَـٰٓأَبَانَآyāabānāO our father
  3. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  4. ذَهَبْنَاdhahabnā[we] went
  5. نَسْتَبِقُnastabiquracing each other
  6. وَتَرَكْنَاwataraknāand we left
  7. يُوسُفَyūsufaYusuf
  8. عِندَʿindawith
  9. مَتَـٰعِنَاmatāʿināour possessions
  10. فَأَكَلَهُfa-akalahuand ate him
  11. ٱلذِّئْبُ ۖl-dhi'buthe wolf
  12. وَمَآwamāBut not
  13. أَنتَantayou
  14. بِمُؤْمِنٍۢbimu'minin(will) believe
  15. لَّنَاlanāus
  16. وَلَوْwalaweven if
  17. كُنَّاkunnāwe are
  18. صَـٰدِقِينَṣādiqīnatruthful

Verse 18

وَجَآءُو عَلَىٰ قَمِيصِهِۦ بِدَمٍ كَذِبٍ ۚ قَالَ بَلْ سَوَّلَتْ لَكُمْ أَنفُسُكُمْ أَمْرًا ۖ فَصَبْرٌ جَمِيلٌ ۖ وَٱللَّهُ ٱلْمُسْتَعَانُ عَلَىٰ مَا تَصِفُونَ

Transliteration wajāū ʿalā qamīṣihi bidamin kadhibin qāla bal sawwalat lakum anfusukum amran faṣabrun jamīlun wal-lahu l-mus'taʿānu ʿalā mā taṣifūna

English And they brought upon his shirt false blood. [Jacob] said, "Rather, your souls have enticed you to something, so patience is most fitting. And Allāh is the one sought for help against that which you describe."

  1. وَجَآءُوwajāūAnd they brought
  2. عَلَىٰʿalāupon
  3. قَمِيصِهِۦqamīṣihihis shirt
  4. بِدَمٍۢbidaminwith false blood
  5. كَذِبٍۢ ۚkadhibinwith false blood
  6. قَالَqālaHe said
  7. بَلْbalNay
  8. سَوَّلَتْsawwalathas enticed you
  9. لَكُمْlakumhas enticed you
  10. أَنفُسُكُمْanfusukumyour souls
  11. أَمْرًۭا ۖamran(to) a matter
  12. فَصَبْرٌۭfaṣabrunso patience
  13. جَمِيلٌۭ ۖjamīlun(is) beautiful
  14. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  15. ٱلْمُسْتَعَانُl-mus'taʿānu(is) the One sought for help
  16. عَلَىٰʿalāagainst
  17. مَاmāwhat
  18. تَصِفُونَtaṣifūnayou describe

Verse 19

وَجَآءَتْ سَيَّارَةٌ فَأَرْسَلُوا۟ وَارِدَهُمْ فَأَدْلَىٰ دَلْوَهُۥ ۖ قَالَ يَـٰبُشْرَىٰ هَـٰذَا غُلَـٰمٌ ۚ وَأَسَرُّوهُ بِضَـٰعَةً ۚ وَٱللَّهُ عَلِيمٌۢ بِمَا يَعْمَلُونَ

Transliteration wajāat sayyāratun fa-arsalū wāridahum fa-adlā dalwahu qāla yābush'rā hādhā ghulāmun wa-asarrūhu biḍāʿatan wal-lahu ʿalīmun bimā yaʿmalūna

English And there came a company of travelers; then they sent their water drawer, and he let down his bucket. He said, "Good news! Here is a boy." And they concealed him, [taking him] as merchandise; and Allāh was Knowing of what they did.

  1. وَجَآءَتْwajāatAnd there came
  2. سَيَّارَةٌۭsayyāratuna caravan
  3. فَأَرْسَلُوا۟fa-arsalūand they sent
  4. وَارِدَهُمْwāridahumtheir water drawer
  5. فَأَدْلَىٰfa-adlāthen he let down
  6. دَلْوَهُۥ ۖdalwahuhis bucket
  7. قَالَqālaHe said
  8. يَـٰبُشْرَىٰyābush'rāO good news
  9. هَـٰذَاhādhāThis
  10. غُلَـٰمٌۭ ۚghulāmun(is) a boy
  11. وَأَسَرُّوهُwa-asarrūhuAnd they hid him
  12. بِضَـٰعَةًۭ ۚbiḍāʿatan(as) a merchandise
  13. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  14. عَلِيمٌۢʿalīmun(is) All-Knower
  15. بِمَاbimāof what
  16. يَعْمَلُونَyaʿmalūnathey do

Verse 20

وَشَرَوْهُ بِثَمَنٍۭ بَخْسٍ دَرَٰهِمَ مَعْدُودَةٍ وَكَانُوا۟ فِيهِ مِنَ ٱلزَّٰهِدِينَ

Transliteration washarawhu bithamanin bakhsin darāhima maʿdūdatin wakānū fīhi mina l-zāhidīna

English And they sold him for a reduced price - a few dirhams - and they were, concerning him, of those content with little.

  1. وَشَرَوْهُwasharawhuAnd they sold him
  2. بِثَمَنٍۭbithamaninfor a price
  3. بَخْسٍۢbakhsinvery low
  4. دَرَٰهِمَdarāhimadirhams
  5. مَعْدُودَةٍۢmaʿdūdatinfew
  6. وَكَانُوا۟wakānūand they were
  7. فِيهِfīhiabout him
  8. مِنَminaof
  9. ٱلزَّٰهِدِينَl-zāhidīnathose keen to give up

Verse 21

وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِى ٱشْتَرَىٰهُ مِن مِّصْرَ لِٱمْرَأَتِهِۦٓ أَكْرِمِى مَثْوَىٰهُ عَسَىٰٓ أَن يَنفَعَنَآ أَوْ نَتَّخِذَهُۥ وَلَدًا ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ مَكَّنَّا لِيُوسُفَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَلِنُعَلِّمَهُۥ مِن تَأْوِيلِ ٱلْأَحَادِيثِ ۚ وَٱللَّهُ غَالِبٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَمْرِهِۦ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَ ٱلنَّاسِ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration waqāla alladhī ish'tarāhu min miṣ'ra li-im'ra-atihi akrimī mathwāhu ʿasā an yanfaʿanā aw nattakhidhahu waladan wakadhālika makkannā liyūsufa fī l-arḍi walinuʿallimahu min tawīli l-aḥādīthi wal-lahu ghālibun ʿalā amrihi walākinna akthara l-nāsi lā yaʿlamūna

English And the one from Egypt who bought him said to his wife, "Make his residence comfortable. Perhaps he will benefit us, or we will adopt him as a son." And thus, We established Joseph in the land that We might teach him the interpretation of events [i.e., dreams]. And Allāh is predominant over His affair, but most of the people do not know.

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe one who
  3. ٱشْتَرَىٰهُish'tarāhubought him
  4. مِنminof
  5. مِّصْرَmiṣ'raEgypt
  6. لِٱمْرَأَتِهِۦٓli-im'ra-atihito his wife
  7. أَكْرِمِىakrimīMake comfortable
  8. مَثْوَىٰهُmathwāhuhis stay
  9. عَسَىٰٓʿasāPerhaps
  10. أَنanthat
  11. يَنفَعَنَآyanfaʿanā(he) will benefit us
  12. أَوْawor
  13. نَتَّخِذَهُۥnattakhidhahuwe will take him
  14. وَلَدًۭا ۚwaladan(as) a son
  15. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  16. مَكَّنَّاmakkannāWe established
  17. لِيُوسُفَliyūsufaYusuf
  18. فِىfīin
  19. ٱلْأَرْضِl-arḍithe land
  20. وَلِنُعَلِّمَهُۥwalinuʿallimahuthat We might teach him
  21. مِنmin(the) interpretation of
  22. تَأْوِيلِtawīli(the) interpretation of
  23. ٱلْأَحَادِيثِ ۚl-aḥādīthithe events
  24. وَٱللَّهُwal-lahuAnd Allah
  25. غَالِبٌghālibun(is) Predominant
  26. عَلَىٰٓʿalāover
  27. أَمْرِهِۦamrihiHis affairs
  28. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  29. أَكْثَرَaktharamost
  30. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi(of) the people
  31. لَاlā(do) not
  32. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 22

وَلَمَّا بَلَغَ أَشُدَّهُۥٓ ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُ حُكْمًا وَعِلْمًا ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration walammā balagha ashuddahu ātaynāhu ḥuk'man waʿil'man wakadhālika najzī l-muḥ'sinīna

English And when he [i.e., Joseph] reached maturity, We gave him judgement and knowledge. And thus We reward the doers of good.

  1. وَلَمَّاwalammāAnd when
  2. بَلَغَbalaghahe reached
  3. أَشُدَّهُۥٓashuddahuhis maturity
  4. ءَاتَيْنَـٰهُātaynāhuWe gave him
  5. حُكْمًۭاḥuk'manwisdom
  6. وَعِلْمًۭا ۚwaʿil'manand knowledge
  7. وَكَذَٰلِكَwakadhālikaAnd thus
  8. نَجْزِىnajzīWe reward
  9. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers

Verse 23

وَرَٰوَدَتْهُ ٱلَّتِى هُوَ فِى بَيْتِهَا عَن نَّفْسِهِۦ وَغَلَّقَتِ ٱلْأَبْوَٰبَ وَقَالَتْ هَيْتَ لَكَ ۚ قَالَ مَعَاذَ ٱللَّهِ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ رَبِّىٓ أَحْسَنَ مَثْوَاىَ ۖ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُفْلِحُ ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَ

Transliteration warāwadathu allatī huwa fī baytihā ʿan nafsihi waghallaqati l-abwāba waqālat hayta laka qāla maʿādha l-lahi innahu rabbī aḥsana mathwāya innahu lā yuf'liḥu l-ẓālimūna

English And she, in whose house he was, sought to seduce him. She closed the doors and said, "Come, you." He said, "[I seek] the refuge of Allāh. Indeed, he is my master, who has made good my residence. Indeed, wrongdoers will not succeed."

  1. وَرَٰوَدَتْهُwarāwadathuAnd sought to seduce him
  2. ٱلَّتِىallatīshe who
  3. هُوَhuwahe (was)
  4. فِىfīin
  5. بَيْتِهَاbaytihāher house
  6. عَنʿanfrom
  7. نَّفْسِهِۦnafsihihis self
  8. وَغَلَّقَتِwaghallaqatiAnd she closed
  9. ٱلْأَبْوَٰبَl-abwābathe doors
  10. وَقَالَتْwaqālatand she said
  11. هَيْتَhaytaCome on
  12. لَكَ ۚlakayou
  13. قَالَqālaHe said
  14. مَعَاذَmaʿādhaI seek refuge in Allah
  15. ٱللَّهِ ۖl-lahiI seek refuge in Allah
  16. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  17. رَبِّىٓrabbī(is) my lord
  18. أَحْسَنَaḥsana(who has) made good
  19. مَثْوَاىَ ۖmathwāyamy stay
  20. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed
  21. لَاlānot
  22. يُفْلِحُyuf'liḥuwill succeed
  23. ٱلظَّـٰلِمُونَl-ẓālimūnathe wrongdoers

Verse 24

وَلَقَدْ هَمَّتْ بِهِۦ ۖ وَهَمَّ بِهَا لَوْلَآ أَن رَّءَا بُرْهَـٰنَ رَبِّهِۦ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ لِنَصْرِفَ عَنْهُ ٱلسُّوٓءَ وَٱلْفَحْشَآءَ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ مِنْ عِبَادِنَا ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَ

Transliteration walaqad hammat bihi wahamma bihā lawlā an raā bur'hāna rabbihi kadhālika linaṣrifa ʿanhu l-sūa wal-faḥshāa innahu min ʿibādinā l-mukh'laṣīna

English And she certainly determined [to seduce] him, and he would have inclined to her had he not seen the proof [i.e., sign] of his Lord. And thus [it was] that We should avert from him evil and immorality. Indeed, he was of Our chosen servants.

  1. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  2. هَمَّتْhammatshe did desire
  3. بِهِۦ ۖbihihim
  4. وَهَمَّwahammaand he would have desired
  5. بِهَاbihāher
  6. لَوْلَآlawlāif not
  7. أَنanthat
  8. رَّءَاraāhe saw
  9. بُرْهَـٰنَbur'hānathe proof
  10. رَبِّهِۦ ۚrabbihi(of) his Lord
  11. كَذَٰلِكَkadhālikaThus
  12. لِنَصْرِفَlinaṣrifathat We might avert
  13. عَنْهُʿanhufrom him
  14. ٱلسُّوٓءَl-sūathe evil
  15. وَٱلْفَحْشَآءَ ۚwal-faḥshāaand the immorality
  16. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, he
  17. مِنْmin(was) of
  18. عِبَادِنَاʿibādināOur slaves
  19. ٱلْمُخْلَصِينَl-mukh'laṣīnathe sincere

Verse 25

وَٱسْتَبَقَا ٱلْبَابَ وَقَدَّتْ قَمِيصَهُۥ مِن دُبُرٍ وَأَلْفَيَا سَيِّدَهَا لَدَا ٱلْبَابِ ۚ قَالَتْ مَا جَزَآءُ مَنْ أَرَادَ بِأَهْلِكَ سُوٓءًا إِلَّآ أَن يُسْجَنَ أَوْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌ

Transliteration wa-is'tabaqā l-bāba waqaddat qamīṣahu min duburin wa-alfayā sayyidahā ladā l-bābi qālat mā jazāu man arāda bi-ahlika sūan illā an yus'jana aw ʿadhābun alīmun

English And they both raced to the door, and she tore his shirt from the back, and they found her husband at the door. She said, "What is the recompense of one who intended evil for your wife but that he be imprisoned or a painful punishment?"

  1. وَٱسْتَبَقَاwa-is'tabaqāAnd they both raced
  2. ٱلْبَابَl-bāba(to) the door
  3. وَقَدَّتْwaqaddatand she tore
  4. قَمِيصَهُۥqamīṣahuhis shirt
  5. مِنminfrom
  6. دُبُرٍۢduburinthe back
  7. وَأَلْفَيَاwa-alfayāand they both found
  8. سَيِّدَهَاsayyidahāher husband
  9. لَدَاladāat
  10. ٱلْبَابِ ۚl-bābithe door
  11. قَالَتْqālatShe said
  12. مَاmāWhat
  13. جَزَآءُjazāu(is) the recompense
  14. مَنْman(of one) who
  15. أَرَادَarādaintended
  16. بِأَهْلِكَbi-ahlikafor your wife
  17. سُوٓءًاsūanevil
  18. إِلَّآillāexcept
  19. أَنanthat
  20. يُسْجَنَyus'janahe be imprisoned
  21. أَوْawor
  22. عَذَابٌʿadhābuna punishment
  23. أَلِيمٌۭalīmunpainful

Verse 26

قَالَ هِىَ رَٰوَدَتْنِى عَن نَّفْسِى ۚ وَشَهِدَ شَاهِدٌ مِّنْ أَهْلِهَآ إِن كَانَ قَمِيصُهُۥ قُدَّ مِن قُبُلٍ فَصَدَقَتْ وَهُوَ مِنَ ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَ

Transliteration qāla hiya rāwadatnī ʿan nafsī washahida shāhidun min ahlihā in kāna qamīṣuhu qudda min qubulin faṣadaqat wahuwa mina l-kādhibīna

English [Joseph] said, "It was she who sought to seduce me." And a witness from her family testified, "If his shirt is torn from the front, then she has told the truth, and he is of the liars.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. هِىَhiyaShe
  3. رَٰوَدَتْنِىrāwadatnīsought to seduce me
  4. عَنʿanabout
  5. نَّفْسِى ۚnafsīmyself
  6. وَشَهِدَwashahidaAnd testified
  7. شَاهِدٌۭshāhiduna witness
  8. مِّنْminof
  9. أَهْلِهَآahlihāher family
  10. إِنinIf
  11. كَانَkāna[is]
  12. قَمِيصُهُۥqamīṣuhuhis shirt
  13. قُدَّqudda(is) torn
  14. مِنminfrom
  15. قُبُلٍۢqubulinthe front
  16. فَصَدَقَتْfaṣadaqatthen she has spoken the truth
  17. وَهُوَwahuwaand he
  18. مِنَmina(is) of
  19. ٱلْكَـٰذِبِينَl-kādhibīnathe liars

Verse 27

وَإِن كَانَ قَمِيصُهُۥ قُدَّ مِن دُبُرٍ فَكَذَبَتْ وَهُوَ مِنَ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration wa-in kāna qamīṣuhu qudda min duburin fakadhabat wahuwa mina l-ṣādiqīna

English But if his shirt is torn from the back, then she has lied, and he is of the truthful."

  1. وَإِنwa-inBut if
  2. كَانَkāna[is]
  3. قَمِيصُهُۥqamīṣuhuhis shirt
  4. قُدَّqudda(is) torn
  5. مِنminfrom
  6. دُبُرٍۢduburin(the) back
  7. فَكَذَبَتْfakadhabatthen she has lied
  8. وَهُوَwahuwaand he
  9. مِنَmina(is) of
  10. ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful

Verse 28

فَلَمَّا رَءَا قَمِيصَهُۥ قُدَّ مِن دُبُرٍ قَالَ إِنَّهُۥ مِن كَيْدِكُنَّ ۖ إِنَّ كَيْدَكُنَّ عَظِيمٌ

Transliteration falammā raā qamīṣahu qudda min duburin qāla innahu min kaydikunna inna kaydakunna ʿaẓīmun

English So when he [i.e., her husband] saw his shirt torn from the back, he said, "Indeed, it is of your [i.e., women's] plan. Indeed, your plan is great [i.e., vehement].

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. رَءَاraāhe saw
  3. قَمِيصَهُۥqamīṣahuhis shirt
  4. قُدَّquddatorn
  5. مِنminfrom
  6. دُبُرٍۢduburin(the) back
  7. قَالَqālahe said
  8. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, it
  9. مِنmin(is) of
  10. كَيْدِكُنَّ ۖkaydikunnayour plot
  11. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  12. كَيْدَكُنَّkaydakunnayour plot
  13. عَظِيمٌۭʿaẓīmun(is) great

Verse 29

يُوسُفُ أَعْرِضْ عَنْ هَـٰذَا ۚ وَٱسْتَغْفِرِى لِذَنۢبِكِ ۖ إِنَّكِ كُنتِ مِنَ ٱلْخَاطِـِٔينَ

Transliteration yūsufu aʿriḍ ʿan hādhā wa-is'taghfirī lidhanbiki innaki kunti mina l-khāṭiīna

English Joseph, ignore this. And, [my wife], ask forgiveness for your sin. Indeed, you were of the sinful."

  1. يُوسُفُyūsufuYusuf
  2. أَعْرِضْaʿriḍturn away
  3. عَنْʿanfrom
  4. هَـٰذَا ۚhādhāthis
  5. وَٱسْتَغْفِرِىwa-is'taghfirīAnd ask forgiveness
  6. لِذَنۢبِكِ ۖlidhanbikifor your sin
  7. إِنَّكِinnakiIndeed, you
  8. كُنتِkuntiare
  9. مِنَminaof
  10. ٱلْخَاطِـِٔينَl-khāṭiīnathe sinful

Verse 30

۞ وَقَالَ نِسْوَةٌ فِى ٱلْمَدِينَةِ ٱمْرَأَتُ ٱلْعَزِيزِ تُرَٰوِدُ فَتَىٰهَا عَن نَّفْسِهِۦ ۖ قَدْ شَغَفَهَا حُبًّا ۖ إِنَّا لَنَرَىٰهَا فِى ضَلَـٰلٍ مُّبِينٍ

Transliteration waqāla nis'watun fī l-madīnati im'ra-atu l-ʿazīzi turāwidu fatāhā ʿan nafsihi qad shaghafahā ḥubban innā lanarāhā fī ḍalālin mubīnin

English And women in the city said, "The wife of al-ʿAzeez is seeking to seduce her slave boy; he has impassioned her with love. Indeed, we see her [to be] in clear error."

  1. ۞ وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  2. نِسْوَةٌۭnis'watunwomen
  3. فِىfīin
  4. ٱلْمَدِينَةِl-madīnatithe city
  5. ٱمْرَأَتُim'ra-atuThe wife of
  6. ٱلْعَزِيزِl-ʿazīziAziz
  7. تُرَٰوِدُturāwidu(is) seeking to seduce
  8. فَتَىٰهَاfatāhāher slave boy
  9. عَنʿanabout
  10. نَّفْسِهِۦ ۖnafsihihimself
  11. قَدْqadindeed
  12. شَغَفَهَاshaghafahāhe has impassioned her
  13. حُبًّا ۖḥubban(with) love
  14. إِنَّاinnāIndeed, we
  15. لَنَرَىٰهَاlanarāhā[we] surely see her
  16. فِىfīin
  17. ضَلَـٰلٍۢḍalālinan error
  18. مُّبِينٍۢmubīninclear

Verse 31

فَلَمَّا سَمِعَتْ بِمَكْرِهِنَّ أَرْسَلَتْ إِلَيْهِنَّ وَأَعْتَدَتْ لَهُنَّ مُتَّكَـًٔا وَءَاتَتْ كُلَّ وَٰحِدَةٍ مِّنْهُنَّ سِكِّينًا وَقَالَتِ ٱخْرُجْ عَلَيْهِنَّ ۖ فَلَمَّا رَأَيْنَهُۥٓ أَكْبَرْنَهُۥ وَقَطَّعْنَ أَيْدِيَهُنَّ وَقُلْنَ حَـٰشَ لِلَّهِ مَا هَـٰذَا بَشَرًا إِنْ هَـٰذَآ إِلَّا مَلَكٌ كَرِيمٌ

Transliteration falammā samiʿat bimakrihinna arsalat ilayhinna wa-aʿtadat lahunna muttaka-an waātat kulla wāḥidatin min'hunna sikkīnan waqālati ukh'ruj ʿalayhinna falammā ra-aynahu akbarnahu waqaṭṭaʿna aydiyahunna waqul'na ḥāsha lillahi mā hādhā basharan in hādhā illā malakun karīmun

English So when she heard of their scheming, she sent for them and prepared for them a banquet and gave each one of them a knife and said [to Joseph], "Come out before them." And when they saw him, they greatly admired him and cut their hands and said, "Perfect is Allāh! This is not a man; this is none but a noble angel."

  1. فَلَمَّاfalammāSo when
  2. سَمِعَتْsamiʿatshe heard
  3. بِمَكْرِهِنَّbimakrihinnaof their scheming
  4. أَرْسَلَتْarsalatshe sent
  5. إِلَيْهِنَّilayhinnafor them
  6. وَأَعْتَدَتْwa-aʿtadatand she prepared
  7. لَهُنَّlahunnafor them
  8. مُتَّكَـًۭٔاmuttaka-ana banquet
  9. وَءَاتَتْwaātatand she gave
  10. كُلَّkullaeach
  11. وَٰحِدَةٍۢwāḥidatinone
  12. مِّنْهُنَّmin'hunnaof them
  13. سِكِّينًۭاsikkīnana knife
  14. وَقَالَتِwaqālatiand she said
  15. ٱخْرُجْukh'rujCome out
  16. عَلَيْهِنَّ ۖʿalayhinnabefore them
  17. فَلَمَّاfalammāThen when
  18. رَأَيْنَهُۥٓra-aynahuthey saw him
  19. أَكْبَرْنَهُۥakbarnahuthey greatly admired him
  20. وَقَطَّعْنَwaqaṭṭaʿnaand cut
  21. أَيْدِيَهُنَّaydiyahunnatheir hands
  22. وَقُلْنَwaqul'nathey said
  23. حَـٰشَḥāshaForbid
  24. لِلَّهِlillahiAllah
  25. مَاmānot
  26. هَـٰذَاhādhā(is) this
  27. بَشَرًاbasharana man
  28. إِنْinnot
  29. هَـٰذَآhādhā(is) this
  30. إِلَّاillābut
  31. مَلَكٌۭmalakunan angel
  32. كَرِيمٌۭkarīmunnoble

Verse 32

قَالَتْ فَذَٰلِكُنَّ ٱلَّذِى لُمْتُنَّنِى فِيهِ ۖ وَلَقَدْ رَٰوَدتُّهُۥ عَن نَّفْسِهِۦ فَٱسْتَعْصَمَ ۖ وَلَئِن لَّمْ يَفْعَلْ مَآ ءَامُرُهُۥ لَيُسْجَنَنَّ وَلَيَكُونًا مِّنَ ٱلصَّـٰغِرِينَ

Transliteration qālat fadhālikunna alladhī lum'tunnanī fīhi walaqad rāwadttuhu ʿan nafsihi fa-is'taʿṣama wala-in lam yafʿal mā āmuruhu layus'jananna walayakūnan mina l-ṣāghirīna

English She said, "That is the one about whom you blamed me. And I certainly sought to seduce him, but he firmly refused; and if he will not do what I order him, he will surely be imprisoned and will be of those debased."

  1. قَالَتْqālatShe said
  2. فَذَٰلِكُنَّfadhālikunnaThat
  3. ٱلَّذِىalladhī(is) the one
  4. لُمْتُنَّنِىlum'tunnanīyou blamed me
  5. فِيهِ ۖfīhiabout him
  6. وَلَقَدْwalaqadAnd certainly
  7. رَٰوَدتُّهُۥrāwadttuhuI sought to seduce him
  8. عَنʿan[from]
  9. نَّفْسِهِۦnafsihi[himself]
  10. فَٱسْتَعْصَمَ ۖfa-is'taʿṣamabut he saved himself
  11. وَلَئِنwala-inand if
  12. لَّمْlamnot
  13. يَفْعَلْyafʿalhe does
  14. مَآmāwhat
  15. ءَامُرُهُۥāmuruhuI order him
  16. لَيُسْجَنَنَّlayus'janannasurely, he will be imprisoned
  17. وَلَيَكُونًۭاwalayakūnanand certainly will be
  18. مِّنَminaof
  19. ٱلصَّـٰغِرِينَl-ṣāghirīnathose who are disgraced

Verse 33

قَالَ رَبِّ ٱلسِّجْنُ أَحَبُّ إِلَىَّ مِمَّا يَدْعُونَنِىٓ إِلَيْهِ ۖ وَإِلَّا تَصْرِفْ عَنِّى كَيْدَهُنَّ أَصْبُ إِلَيْهِنَّ وَأَكُن مِّنَ ٱلْجَـٰهِلِينَ

Transliteration qāla rabbi l-sij'nu aḥabbu ilayya mimmā yadʿūnanī ilayhi wa-illā taṣrif ʿannī kaydahunna aṣbu ilayhinna wa-akun mina l-jāhilīna

English He said, "My Lord, prison is more to my liking than that to which they invite me. And if You do not avert from me their plan, I might incline toward them and [thus] be of the ignorant."

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. رَبِّrabbiMy Lord
  3. ٱلسِّجْنُl-sij'nuthe prison
  4. أَحَبُّaḥabbu(is) dearer
  5. إِلَىَّilayyato me
  6. مِمَّاmimmāthan what
  7. يَدْعُونَنِىٓyadʿūnanīthey invite me
  8. إِلَيْهِ ۖilayhito it
  9. وَإِلَّاwa-illāAnd unless
  10. تَصْرِفْtaṣrifYou turn away
  11. عَنِّىʿannīfrom me
  12. كَيْدَهُنَّkaydahunnatheir plot
  13. أَصْبُaṣbuI might incline
  14. إِلَيْهِنَّilayhinnatowards them
  15. وَأَكُنwa-akunand [I] be
  16. مِّنَminaof
  17. ٱلْجَـٰهِلِينَl-jāhilīnathe ignorant

Verse 34

فَٱسْتَجَابَ لَهُۥ رَبُّهُۥ فَصَرَفَ عَنْهُ كَيْدَهُنَّ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ هُوَ ٱلسَّمِيعُ ٱلْعَلِيمُ

Transliteration fa-is'tajāba lahu rabbuhu faṣarafa ʿanhu kaydahunna innahu huwa l-samīʿu l-ʿalīmu

English So his Lord responded to him and averted from him their plan. Indeed, He is the Hearing, the Knowing.

  1. فَٱسْتَجَابَfa-is'tajābaSo responded
  2. لَهُۥlahuto him
  3. رَبُّهُۥrabbuhuhis Lord
  4. فَصَرَفَfaṣarafaand turned away
  5. عَنْهُʿanhufrom him
  6. كَيْدَهُنَّ ۚkaydahunnatheir plot
  7. إِنَّهُۥinnahuIndeed, [He]
  8. هُوَhuwaHe
  9. ٱلسَّمِيعُl-samīʿu(is) All-Hearer
  10. ٱلْعَلِيمُl-ʿalīmuAll-Knower

Verse 35

ثُمَّ بَدَا لَهُم مِّنۢ بَعْدِ مَا رَأَوُا۟ ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِ لَيَسْجُنُنَّهُۥ حَتَّىٰ حِينٍ

Transliteration thumma badā lahum min baʿdi mā ra-awū l-āyāti layasjununnahu ḥattā ḥīnin

English Then it appeared to them after they had seen the signs that he [i.e., al-ʿAzeez] should surely imprison him for a time.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. بَدَاbadā(it) appeared
  3. لَهُمlahumto them
  4. مِّنۢminafter
  5. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  6. مَاmā[what]
  7. رَأَوُا۟ra-awūthey had seen
  8. ٱلْـَٔايَـٰتِl-āyātithe signs
  9. لَيَسْجُنُنَّهُۥlayasjununnahusurely they should imprison him
  10. حَتَّىٰḥattāuntil
  11. حِينٍۢḥīnina time

Verse 36

وَدَخَلَ مَعَهُ ٱلسِّجْنَ فَتَيَانِ ۖ قَالَ أَحَدُهُمَآ إِنِّىٓ أَرَىٰنِىٓ أَعْصِرُ خَمْرًا ۖ وَقَالَ ٱلْـَٔاخَرُ إِنِّىٓ أَرَىٰنِىٓ أَحْمِلُ فَوْقَ رَأْسِى خُبْزًا تَأْكُلُ ٱلطَّيْرُ مِنْهُ ۖ نَبِّئْنَا بِتَأْوِيلِهِۦٓ ۖ إِنَّا نَرَىٰكَ مِنَ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ

Transliteration wadakhala maʿahu l-sij'na fatayāni qāla aḥaduhumā innī arānī aʿṣiru khamran waqāla l-ākharu innī arānī aḥmilu fawqa rasī khub'zan takulu l-ṭayru min'hu nabbi'nā bitawīlihi innā narāka mina l-muḥ'sinīna

English And there entered the prison with him two young men. One of them said, "Indeed, I have seen myself [in a dream] pressing [grapes for] wine." The other said, "Indeed, I have seen myself carrying upon my head [some] bread, from which the birds were eating. Inform us of its interpretation; indeed, we see you to be of those who do good."

  1. وَدَخَلَwadakhalaAnd entered
  2. مَعَهُmaʿahuwith him
  3. ٱلسِّجْنَl-sij'na(in) the prison
  4. فَتَيَانِ ۖfatayānitwo young men
  5. قَالَqālaSaid
  6. أَحَدُهُمَآaḥaduhumāone of them
  7. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  8. أَرَىٰنِىٓarānī[I] see myself
  9. أَعْصِرُaʿṣirupressing
  10. خَمْرًۭا ۖkhamranwine
  11. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  12. ٱلْـَٔاخَرُl-ākharuthe other
  13. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  14. أَرَىٰنِىٓarānī[I] see myself
  15. أَحْمِلُaḥmilu[I am] carrying
  16. فَوْقَfawqaover
  17. رَأْسِىrasīmy head
  18. خُبْزًۭاkhub'zanbread
  19. تَأْكُلُtakulu(were) eating
  20. ٱلطَّيْرُl-ṭayruthe birds
  21. مِنْهُ ۖmin'hufrom it
  22. نَبِّئْنَاnabbi'nāInform us
  23. بِتَأْوِيلِهِۦٓ ۖbitawīlihiof its interpretation
  24. إِنَّاinnāindeed, we
  25. نَرَىٰكَnarāka[we] see you
  26. مِنَminaof
  27. ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَl-muḥ'sinīnathe good-doers

Verse 37

قَالَ لَا يَأْتِيكُمَا طَعَامٌ تُرْزَقَانِهِۦٓ إِلَّا نَبَّأْتُكُمَا بِتَأْوِيلِهِۦ قَبْلَ أَن يَأْتِيَكُمَا ۚ ذَٰلِكُمَا مِمَّا عَلَّمَنِى رَبِّىٓ ۚ إِنِّى تَرَكْتُ مِلَّةَ قَوْمٍ لَّا يُؤْمِنُونَ بِٱللَّهِ وَهُم بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِ هُمْ كَـٰفِرُونَ

Transliteration qāla lā yatīkumā ṭaʿāmun tur'zaqānihi illā nabbatukumā bitawīlihi qabla an yatiyakumā dhālikumā mimmā ʿallamanī rabbī innī taraktu millata qawmin lā yu'minūna bil-lahi wahum bil-ākhirati hum kāfirūna

English He said, "You will not receive food that is provided to you except that I will inform you of its interpretation before it comes to you. That is from what my Lord has taught me. Indeed, I have left the religion of a people who do not believe in Allāh, and they, in the Hereafter, are disbelievers.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. لَاlāNot
  3. يَأْتِيكُمَاyatīkumā(will) come to both of you
  4. طَعَامٌۭṭaʿāmunfood
  5. تُرْزَقَانِهِۦٓtur'zaqānihiyou are provided with
  6. إِلَّاillābut
  7. نَبَّأْتُكُمَاnabbatukumāI will inform both of you
  8. بِتَأْوِيلِهِۦbitawīlihiof its interpretation
  9. قَبْلَqablabefore
  10. أَنan[that]
  11. يَأْتِيَكُمَا ۚyatiyakumā[it] comes to both of you
  12. ذَٰلِكُمَاdhālikumāThat
  13. مِمَّاmimmā(is) of what
  14. عَلَّمَنِىʿallamanīhas taught me
  15. رَبِّىٓ ۚrabbīmy Lord
  16. إِنِّىinnīIndeed, I
  17. تَرَكْتُtaraktu[I] abandon
  18. مِلَّةَmillata(the) religion
  19. قَوْمٍۢqawmin(of) a people
  20. لَّاlānot
  21. يُؤْمِنُونَyu'minūnathey believe
  22. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiin Allah
  23. وَهُمwahumand they
  24. بِٱلْـَٔاخِرَةِbil-ākhiratiin the Hereafter
  25. هُمْhum[they]
  26. كَـٰفِرُونَkāfirūna(are) disbelievers

Verse 38

وَٱتَّبَعْتُ مِلَّةَ ءَابَآءِىٓ إِبْرَٰهِيمَ وَإِسْحَـٰقَ وَيَعْقُوبَ ۚ مَا كَانَ لَنَآ أَن نُّشْرِكَ بِٱللَّهِ مِن شَىْءٍ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ مِن فَضْلِ ٱللَّهِ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى ٱلنَّاسِ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَ ٱلنَّاسِ لَا يَشْكُرُونَ

Transliteration wa-ittabaʿtu millata ābāī ib'rāhīma wa-is'ḥāqa wayaʿqūba mā kāna lanā an nush'rika bil-lahi min shayin dhālika min faḍli l-lahi ʿalaynā waʿalā l-nāsi walākinna akthara l-nāsi lā yashkurūna

English And I have followed the religion of my fathers, Abraham, Isaac and Jacob. And it was not for us to associate anything with Allāh. That is from the favor of Allāh upon us and upon the people, but most of the people are not grateful.

  1. وَٱتَّبَعْتُwa-ittabaʿtuAnd I follow
  2. مِلَّةَmillata(the) religion
  3. ءَابَآءِىٓābāī(of) my forefathers
  4. إِبْرَٰهِيمَib'rāhīmaIbrahim
  5. وَإِسْحَـٰقَwa-is'ḥāqaand Isaac
  6. وَيَعْقُوبَ ۚwayaʿqūbaand Yaqub
  7. مَاmāNot
  8. كَانَkānawas
  9. لَنَآlanāfor us
  10. أَنanthat
  11. نُّشْرِكَnush'rikawe associate
  12. بِٱللَّهِbil-lahiwith Allah
  13. مِنminany
  14. شَىْءٍۢ ۚshayinthing
  15. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  16. مِنmin(is) from
  17. فَضْلِfaḍli(the) Grace
  18. ٱللَّهِl-lahi(of) Allah
  19. عَلَيْنَاʿalaynāupon us
  20. وَعَلَىwaʿalāand upon
  21. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsithe mankind
  22. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  23. أَكْثَرَaktharamost
  24. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi(of) the men
  25. لَاlā(are) not
  26. يَشْكُرُونَyashkurūnagrateful

Verse 39

يَـٰصَـٰحِبَىِ ٱلسِّجْنِ ءَأَرْبَابٌ مُّتَفَرِّقُونَ خَيْرٌ أَمِ ٱللَّهُ ٱلْوَٰحِدُ ٱلْقَهَّارُ

Transliteration yāṣāḥibayi l-sij'ni a-arbābun mutafarriqūna khayrun ami l-lahu l-wāḥidu l-qahāru

English O [my] two companions of prison, are separate lords better or Allāh, the One, the Prevailing?

  1. يَـٰصَـٰحِبَىِyāṣāḥibayiO my two companions
  2. ٱلسِّجْنِl-sij'ni(of) the prison
  3. ءَأَرْبَابٌۭa-arbābunAre lords
  4. مُّتَفَرِّقُونَmutafarriqūnaseparate
  5. خَيْرٌkhayrunbetter
  6. أَمِamior
  7. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  8. ٱلْوَٰحِدُl-wāḥiduthe One
  9. ٱلْقَهَّارُl-qahāruthe Irresistible

Verse 40

مَا تَعْبُدُونَ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَسْمَآءً سَمَّيْتُمُوهَآ أَنتُمْ وَءَابَآؤُكُم مَّآ أَنزَلَ ٱللَّهُ بِهَا مِن سُلْطَـٰنٍ ۚ إِنِ ٱلْحُكْمُ إِلَّا لِلَّهِ ۚ أَمَرَ أَلَّا تَعْبُدُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ إِيَّاهُ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ ٱلدِّينُ ٱلْقَيِّمُ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَ ٱلنَّاسِ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration mā taʿbudūna min dūnihi illā asmāan sammaytumūhā antum waābāukum mā anzala l-lahu bihā min sul'ṭānin ini l-ḥuk'mu illā lillahi amara allā taʿbudū illā iyyāhu dhālika l-dīnu l-qayimu walākinna akthara l-nāsi lā yaʿlamūna

English You worship not besides Him except [mere] names you have named them, you and your fathers, for which Allāh has sent down no evidence. Legislation is not but for Allāh. He has commanded that you worship not except Him. That is the correct religion, but most of the people do not know.

  1. مَاmāNot
  2. تَعْبُدُونَtaʿbudūnayou worship
  3. مِنminbesides Him
  4. دُونِهِۦٓdūnihibesides Him
  5. إِلَّآillābut
  6. أَسْمَآءًۭasmāannames
  7. سَمَّيْتُمُوهَآsammaytumūhāwhich you have named them
  8. أَنتُمْantumyou
  9. وَءَابَآؤُكُمwaābāukumand your forefathers
  10. مَّآmānot
  11. أَنزَلَanzala(has) sent down
  12. ٱللَّهُl-lahuAllah
  13. بِهَاbihāfor it
  14. مِنminany
  15. سُلْطَـٰنٍ ۚsul'ṭāninauthority
  16. إِنِiniNot
  17. ٱلْحُكْمُl-ḥuk'mu(is) the command
  18. إِلَّاillābut
  19. لِلَّهِ ۚlillahifor Allah
  20. أَمَرَamaraHe has commanded
  21. أَلَّاallāthat not
  22. تَعْبُدُوٓا۟taʿbudūyou worship
  23. إِلَّآillābut
  24. إِيَّاهُ ۚiyyāhuHim Alone
  25. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  26. ٱلدِّينُl-dīnu(is) the religion
  27. ٱلْقَيِّمُl-qayimuthe right
  28. وَلَـٰكِنَّwalākinnabut
  29. أَكْثَرَaktharamost
  30. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsi[the] men
  31. لَاlā(do) not
  32. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 41

يَـٰصَـٰحِبَىِ ٱلسِّجْنِ أَمَّآ أَحَدُكُمَا فَيَسْقِى رَبَّهُۥ خَمْرًا ۖ وَأَمَّا ٱلْـَٔاخَرُ فَيُصْلَبُ فَتَأْكُلُ ٱلطَّيْرُ مِن رَّأْسِهِۦ ۚ قُضِىَ ٱلْأَمْرُ ٱلَّذِى فِيهِ تَسْتَفْتِيَانِ

Transliteration yāṣāḥibayi l-sij'ni ammā aḥadukumā fayasqī rabbahu khamran wa-ammā l-ākharu fayuṣ'labu fatakulu l-ṭayru min rasihi quḍiya l-amru alladhī fīhi tastaftiyāni

English O two companions of prison, as for one of you, he will give drink to his master of wine; but as for the other, he will be crucified, and the birds will eat from his head. The matter has been decreed about which you both inquire."

  1. يَـٰصَـٰحِبَىِyāṣāḥibayiO my two companions
  2. ٱلسِّجْنِl-sij'ni(of) the prison
  3. أَمَّآammāAs for
  4. أَحَدُكُمَاaḥadukumāone of you
  5. فَيَسْقِىfayasqīhe will give drink
  6. رَبَّهُۥrabbahu(to) his master
  7. خَمْرًۭا ۖkhamranwine
  8. وَأَمَّاwa-ammāand as for
  9. ٱلْـَٔاخَرُl-ākharuthe other
  10. فَيُصْلَبُfayuṣ'labuhe will be crucified
  11. فَتَأْكُلُfatakuluand will eat
  12. ٱلطَّيْرُl-ṭayruthe birds
  13. مِنminfrom
  14. رَّأْسِهِۦ ۚrasihihis head
  15. قُضِىَquḍiyaHas been decreed
  16. ٱلْأَمْرُl-amruthe matter
  17. ٱلَّذِىalladhīabout which
  18. فِيهِfīhiabout which
  19. تَسْتَفْتِيَانِtastaftiyāniyou both inquire

Verse 42

وَقَالَ لِلَّذِى ظَنَّ أَنَّهُۥ نَاجٍ مِّنْهُمَا ٱذْكُرْنِى عِندَ رَبِّكَ فَأَنسَىٰهُ ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُ ذِكْرَ رَبِّهِۦ فَلَبِثَ فِى ٱلسِّجْنِ بِضْعَ سِنِينَ

Transliteration waqāla lilladhī ẓanna annahu nājin min'humā udh'kur'nī ʿinda rabbika fa-ansāhu l-shayṭānu dhik'ra rabbihi falabitha fī l-sij'ni biḍ'ʿa sinīna

English And he said to the one whom he knew would go free, "Mention me before your master." But Satan made him forget the mention [to] his master, and he [i.e., Joseph] remained in prison several years.

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd he said
  2. لِلَّذِىlilladhīto the one whom
  3. ظَنَّẓannahe thought
  4. أَنَّهُۥannahuthat he
  5. نَاجٍۢnājin(would be) saved
  6. مِّنْهُمَاmin'humāof both of them
  7. ٱذْكُرْنِىudh'kur'nīMention me
  8. عِندَʿindato
  9. رَبِّكَrabbikayour master
  10. فَأَنسَىٰهُfa-ansāhuBut made him forget
  11. ٱلشَّيْطَـٰنُl-shayṭānuthe Shaitaan
  12. ذِكْرَdhik'ra(the) mention
  13. رَبِّهِۦrabbihi(to) his master
  14. فَلَبِثَfalabithaso he remained
  15. فِىfīin
  16. ٱلسِّجْنِl-sij'nithe prison
  17. بِضْعَbiḍ'ʿaseveral
  18. سِنِينَsinīnayears

Verse 43

وَقَالَ ٱلْمَلِكُ إِنِّىٓ أَرَىٰ سَبْعَ بَقَرَٰتٍ سِمَانٍ يَأْكُلُهُنَّ سَبْعٌ عِجَافٌ وَسَبْعَ سُنۢبُلَـٰتٍ خُضْرٍ وَأُخَرَ يَابِسَـٰتٍ ۖ يَـٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلْمَلَأُ أَفْتُونِى فِى رُءْيَـٰىَ إِن كُنتُمْ لِلرُّءْيَا تَعْبُرُونَ

Transliteration waqāla l-maliku innī arā sabʿa baqarātin simānin yakuluhunna sabʿun ʿijāfun wasabʿa sunbulātin khuḍ'rin wa-ukhara yābisātin yāayyuhā l-mala-u aftūnī fī ru'yāya in kuntum lilrru'yā taʿburūna

English And [subsequently] the king said, "Indeed, I have seen [in a dream] seven fat cows being eaten by seven [that were] lean, and seven green spikes [of grain] and others [that were] dry. O eminent ones, explain to me my vision, if you should interpret visions."

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  2. ٱلْمَلِكُl-malikuthe king
  3. إِنِّىٓinnīIndeed, I
  4. أَرَىٰarā[I] have seen
  5. سَبْعَsabʿaseven
  6. بَقَرَٰتٍۢbaqarātincows
  7. سِمَانٍۢsimāninfat
  8. يَأْكُلُهُنَّyakuluhunnaeating them
  9. سَبْعٌsabʿunseven
  10. عِجَافٌۭʿijāfunlean ones
  11. وَسَبْعَwasabʿaand seven
  12. سُنۢبُلَـٰتٍsunbulātinears (of corn)
  13. خُضْرٍۢkhuḍ'ringreen
  14. وَأُخَرَwa-ukharaand others
  15. يَابِسَـٰتٍۢ ۖyābisātindry
  16. يَـٰٓأَيُّهَاyāayyuhāO
  17. ٱلْمَلَأُl-mala-uchiefs
  18. أَفْتُونِىaftūnīExplain to me
  19. فِىfīabout
  20. رُءْيَـٰىَru'yāyamy vision
  21. إِنinif
  22. كُنتُمْkuntumyou can
  23. لِلرُّءْيَاlilrru'yāof visions
  24. تَعْبُرُونَtaʿburūnainterpret

Verse 44

قَالُوٓا۟ أَضْغَـٰثُ أَحْلَـٰمٍ ۖ وَمَا نَحْنُ بِتَأْوِيلِ ٱلْأَحْلَـٰمِ بِعَـٰلِمِينَ

Transliteration qālū aḍghāthu aḥlāmin wamā naḥnu bitawīli l-aḥlāmi biʿālimīna

English They said, "[It is but] a mixture of false dreams, and we are not learned in the interpretation of dreams."

  1. قَالُوٓا۟qālūThey said
  2. أَضْغَـٰثُaḍghāthuConfused
  3. أَحْلَـٰمٍۢ ۖaḥlāmindreams
  4. وَمَاwamāand not
  5. نَحْنُnaḥnuwe
  6. بِتَأْوِيلِbitawīli(are) in the interpretation
  7. ٱلْأَحْلَـٰمِl-aḥlāmi(of) the dreams
  8. بِعَـٰلِمِينَbiʿālimīnalearned

Verse 45

وَقَالَ ٱلَّذِى نَجَا مِنْهُمَا وَٱدَّكَرَ بَعْدَ أُمَّةٍ أَنَا۠ أُنَبِّئُكُم بِتَأْوِيلِهِۦ فَأَرْسِلُونِ

Transliteration waqāla alladhī najā min'humā wa-iddakara baʿda ummatin anā unabbi-ukum bitawīlihi fa-arsilūni

English But the one who was freed and remembered after a time said, "I will inform you of its interpretation, so send me forth."

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaBut said
  2. ٱلَّذِىalladhīthe one who
  3. نَجَاnajāwas saved
  4. مِنْهُمَاmin'humāof the two
  5. وَٱدَّكَرَwa-iddakaraand remembered
  6. بَعْدَbaʿdaafter
  7. أُمَّةٍummatina period
  8. أَنَا۠anāI
  9. أُنَبِّئُكُمunabbi-ukum[I] will inform you
  10. بِتَأْوِيلِهِۦbitawīlihiof its interpretation
  11. فَأَرْسِلُونِfa-arsilūniso send me forth

Verse 46

يُوسُفُ أَيُّهَا ٱلصِّدِّيقُ أَفْتِنَا فِى سَبْعِ بَقَرَٰتٍ سِمَانٍ يَأْكُلُهُنَّ سَبْعٌ عِجَافٌ وَسَبْعِ سُنۢبُلَـٰتٍ خُضْرٍ وَأُخَرَ يَابِسَـٰتٍ لَّعَلِّىٓ أَرْجِعُ إِلَى ٱلنَّاسِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَعْلَمُونَ

Transliteration yūsufu ayyuhā l-ṣidīqu aftinā fī sabʿi baqarātin simānin yakuluhunna sabʿun ʿijāfun wasabʿi sunbulātin khuḍ'rin wa-ukhara yābisātin laʿallī arjiʿu ilā l-nāsi laʿallahum yaʿlamūna

English [He said], "Joseph, O man of truth, explain to us about seven fat cows eaten by seven [that were] lean, and seven green spikes [of grain] and others [that were] dry - that I may return to the people [i.e., the king and his court]; perhaps they will know [about you]."

  1. يُوسُفُyūsufuYusuf
  2. أَيُّهَاayyuhāO
  3. ٱلصِّدِّيقُl-ṣidīquthe truthful one
  4. أَفْتِنَاaftināExplain to us
  5. فِىfīabout
  6. سَبْعِsabʿi(the) seven
  7. بَقَرَٰتٍۢbaqarātincows
  8. سِمَانٍۢsimāninfat
  9. يَأْكُلُهُنَّyakuluhunnaeating them
  10. سَبْعٌsabʿunseven
  11. عِجَافٌۭʿijāfunlean ones
  12. وَسَبْعِwasabʿiand seven
  13. سُنۢبُلَـٰتٍsunbulātinears (of corn)
  14. خُضْرٍۢkhuḍ'ringreen
  15. وَأُخَرَwa-ukharaand other
  16. يَابِسَـٰتٍۢyābisātindry
  17. لَّعَلِّىٓlaʿallīthat I may
  18. أَرْجِعُarjiʿureturn
  19. إِلَىilāto
  20. ٱلنَّاسِl-nāsithe people
  21. لَعَلَّهُمْlaʿallahumso that they may
  22. يَعْلَمُونَyaʿlamūnaknow

Verse 47

قَالَ تَزْرَعُونَ سَبْعَ سِنِينَ دَأَبًا فَمَا حَصَدتُّمْ فَذَرُوهُ فِى سُنۢبُلِهِۦٓ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا مِّمَّا تَأْكُلُونَ

Transliteration qāla tazraʿūna sabʿa sinīna da-aban famā ḥaṣadttum fadharūhu fī sunbulihi illā qalīlan mimmā takulūna

English [Joseph] said, "You will plant for seven years consecutively; and what you harvest leave in its spikes, except a little from which you will eat.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. تَزْرَعُونَtazraʿūnaYou will sow
  3. سَبْعَsabʿa(for) seven
  4. سِنِينَsinīnayears
  5. دَأَبًۭاda-abanas usual
  6. فَمَاfamāand that which
  7. حَصَدتُّمْḥaṣadttumyou reap
  8. فَذَرُوهُfadharūhuso leave it
  9. فِىfīin
  10. سُنۢبُلِهِۦٓsunbulihiits ears
  11. إِلَّاillāexcept
  12. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlana little
  13. مِّمَّاmimmāfrom which
  14. تَأْكُلُونَtakulūnayou (will) eat

Verse 48

ثُمَّ يَأْتِى مِنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ سَبْعٌ شِدَادٌ يَأْكُلْنَ مَا قَدَّمْتُمْ لَهُنَّ إِلَّا قَلِيلًا مِّمَّا تُحْصِنُونَ

Transliteration thumma yatī min baʿdi dhālika sabʿun shidādun yakul'na mā qaddamtum lahunna illā qalīlan mimmā tuḥ'ṣinūna

English Then will come after that seven difficult [years] which will consume what you advanced [i.e., saved] for them, except a little from which you will store.

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. يَأْتِىyatīwill come
  3. مِنۢminafter
  4. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  5. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  6. سَبْعٌۭsabʿunseven
  7. شِدَادٌۭshidādunhard (years)
  8. يَأْكُلْنَyakul'na(which will) consume
  9. مَاmāwhat
  10. قَدَّمْتُمْqaddamtumyou advanced
  11. لَهُنَّlahunnafor them
  12. إِلَّاillāexcept
  13. قَلِيلًۭاqalīlana little
  14. مِّمَّاmimmāof what
  15. تُحْصِنُونَtuḥ'ṣinūnayou (will) store

Verse 49

ثُمَّ يَأْتِى مِنۢ بَعْدِ ذَٰلِكَ عَامٌ فِيهِ يُغَاثُ ٱلنَّاسُ وَفِيهِ يَعْصِرُونَ

Transliteration thumma yatī min baʿdi dhālika ʿāmun fīhi yughāthu l-nāsu wafīhi yaʿṣirūna

English Then will come after that a year in which the people will be given rain and in which they will press [olives and grapes]."

  1. ثُمَّthummaThen
  2. يَأْتِىyatīwill come
  3. مِنۢminafter
  4. بَعْدِbaʿdiafter
  5. ذَٰلِكَdhālikathat
  6. عَامٌۭʿāmuna year
  7. فِيهِfīhiin it
  8. يُغَاثُyughāthuwill be given abundant rain
  9. ٱلنَّاسُl-nāsuthe people
  10. وَفِيهِwafīhiand in it
  11. يَعْصِرُونَyaʿṣirūnathey will press

Verse 50

وَقَالَ ٱلْمَلِكُ ٱئْتُونِى بِهِۦ ۖ فَلَمَّا جَآءَهُ ٱلرَّسُولُ قَالَ ٱرْجِعْ إِلَىٰ رَبِّكَ فَسْـَٔلْهُ مَا بَالُ ٱلنِّسْوَةِ ٱلَّـٰتِى قَطَّعْنَ أَيْدِيَهُنَّ ۚ إِنَّ رَبِّى بِكَيْدِهِنَّ عَلِيمٌ

Transliteration waqāla l-maliku i'tūnī bihi falammā jāahu l-rasūlu qāla ir'jiʿ ilā rabbika fasalhu mā bālu l-nis'wati allātī qaṭṭaʿna aydiyahunna inna rabbī bikaydihinna ʿalīmun

English And the king said, "Bring him to me." But when the messenger came to him, [Joseph] said, "Return to your master and ask him what is the case of the women who cut their hands. Indeed, my Lord is Knowing of their plan."

  1. وَقَالَwaqālaAnd said
  2. ٱلْمَلِكُl-malikuthe king
  3. ٱئْتُونِىi'tūnīBring him to me
  4. بِهِۦ ۖbihiBring him to me
  5. فَلَمَّاfalammāBut when
  6. جَآءَهُjāahucame to him
  7. ٱلرَّسُولُl-rasūluthe messenger
  8. قَالَqālahe said
  9. ٱرْجِعْir'jiʿReturn
  10. إِلَىٰilāto
  11. رَبِّكَrabbikayour lord
  12. فَسْـَٔلْهُfasalhuand ask him
  13. مَاmāwhat
  14. بَالُbālu(is the) case
  15. ٱلنِّسْوَةِl-nis'wati(of) the women
  16. ٱلَّـٰتِىallātīwho
  17. قَطَّعْنَqaṭṭaʿnacut
  18. أَيْدِيَهُنَّ ۚaydiyahunnatheir hands
  19. إِنَّinnaIndeed
  20. رَبِّىrabbīmy Lord
  21. بِكَيْدِهِنَّbikaydihinnaof their plot
  22. عَلِيمٌۭʿalīmun(is) All-Knower

Verse 51

قَالَ مَا خَطْبُكُنَّ إِذْ رَٰوَدتُّنَّ يُوسُفَ عَن نَّفْسِهِۦ ۚ قُلْنَ حَـٰشَ لِلَّهِ مَا عَلِمْنَا عَلَيْهِ مِن سُوٓءٍ ۚ قَالَتِ ٱمْرَأَتُ ٱلْعَزِيزِ ٱلْـَٔـٰنَ حَصْحَصَ ٱلْحَقُّ أَنَا۠ رَٰوَدتُّهُۥ عَن نَّفْسِهِۦ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَمِنَ ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَ

Transliteration qāla mā khaṭbukunna idh rāwadttunna yūsufa ʿan nafsihi qul'na ḥāsha lillahi mā ʿalim'nā ʿalayhi min sūin qālati im'ra-atu l-ʿazīzi l-āna ḥaṣḥaṣa l-ḥaqu anā rāwadttuhu ʿan nafsihi wa-innahu lamina l-ṣādiqīna

English Said [the king to the women], "What was your condition when you sought to seduce Joseph?" They said, "Perfect is Allāh! We know about him no evil." The wife of al-ʿAzeez said, "Now the truth has become evident. It was I who sought to seduce him, and indeed, he is of the truthful.

  1. قَالَqālaHe said
  2. مَاmāWhat
  3. خَطْبُكُنَّkhaṭbukunna(was) your affair
  4. إِذْidhwhen
  5. رَٰوَدتُّنَّrāwadttunnayou sought to seduce
  6. يُوسُفَyūsufaYusuf
  7. عَنʿanfrom
  8. نَّفْسِهِۦ ۚnafsihihimself
  9. قُلْنَqul'naThey said
  10. حَـٰشَḥāshaAllah forbid
  11. لِلَّهِlillahiAllah forbid
  12. مَاmāNot
  13. عَلِمْنَاʿalim'nāwe know
  14. عَلَيْهِʿalayhiabout him
  15. مِنminany
  16. سُوٓءٍۢ ۚsūinevil
  17. قَالَتِqālatiSaid
  18. ٱمْرَأَتُim'ra-atu(the) wife
  19. ٱلْعَزِيزِl-ʿazīzi(of) Aziz
  20. ٱلْـَٔـٰنَl-ānaNow
  21. حَصْحَصَḥaṣḥaṣa(is) manifest
  22. ٱلْحَقُّl-ḥaquthe truth
  23. أَنَا۠anāI
  24. رَٰوَدتُّهُۥrāwadttuhusought to seduce him
  25. عَنʿanfrom
  26. نَّفْسِهِۦnafsihihimself
  27. وَإِنَّهُۥwa-innahuand indeed, he
  28. لَمِنَlamina(is) surely of
  29. ٱلصَّـٰدِقِينَl-ṣādiqīnathe truthful

Verse 52

ذَٰلِكَ لِيَعْلَمَ أَنِّى لَمْ أَخُنْهُ بِٱلْغَيْبِ وَأَنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَهْدِى كَيْدَ ٱلْخَآئِنِينَ

Transliteration dhālika liyaʿlama annī lam akhun'hu bil-ghaybi wa-anna l-laha lā yahdī kayda l-khāinīna

English That is so he [i.e., al-ʿAzeez] will know that I did not betray him in [his] absence and that Allāh does not guide the plan of betrayers.

  1. ذَٰلِكَdhālikaThat
  2. لِيَعْلَمَliyaʿlamahe may know
  3. أَنِّىannīthat I
  4. لَمْlamnot
  5. أَخُنْهُakhun'hu[I] betray him
  6. بِٱلْغَيْبِbil-ghaybiin secret
  7. وَأَنَّwa-annaand that
  8. ٱللَّهَl-lahaAllah
  9. لَاlā(does) not
  10. يَهْدِىyahdīguide
  11. كَيْدَkayda(the) plan
  12. ٱلْخَآئِنِينَl-khāinīna(of) the betrayers

Learn it in MyDugsi

Juz boundaries and word by word: Quran.com. English translation: Saheeh International. Recitation: Mishary Alafasy, from EveryAyah.com. MyDugsi is a learning aid, not a replacement for a qualified teacher.